206
TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR, UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL TEST SET, STABILIZATION SYSTEM P/N 70700-20650-050 TM 1-6625-735-14 This manual supersedes TM 1-6625-735-13, dated 29 February 1996 HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 22 JUNE 2001 DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution unlimited.

AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    12

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR, UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT,AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TEST SET, STABILIZATION SYSTEMP/N 70700−20650−050

TM 1−6625−735−14

This manual supersedes TM 1−6625−735−13, dated 29 February 1996

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY22 JUNE 2001

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A: Approved for public release; distribution unlimited.

Page 2: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

WARNING

Personnel performing operations, procedures, and practices which are included or implied in this technicalmanual shall observe the following warnings. Disregard of these warnings and precautionary information cancause serious injury or death.

CONSUMABLE MATERIALS

Observe all cautions and warnings on the containers when using consumables. When applicable, wearnecessary protective gear during handling and use. If a consumable is flammable or explosive, MAKESURE consumable and its vapors are kept away from heat, spark, and flame. MAKE SURE equipmentis properly grounded and firefighting equipment is readily available prior to use.

The synchro transmitter control is a precision instrument that contains a slip clutch and an 18 to 1reduction mechanism between the outer (fine) dial and the inner (coarse) dial. Use care to avoid overtorquing this mechanism which will result in activation of the slip clutch and loss of calibrationbetween inner and outer dials. Always use outer dial when adjusting to a specific degrees setting. If itis necessary to use inner dial, MAKE SURE to turn dial using slow, smooth, continuous motion.

SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE IS THE VICTIM OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK

1. Do Not Try To Pull Or Grab The Individual.

2. If Possible, Turn Off The Electrical Power.

3. If You Cannot Turn Off The Electrical Power, Pull, Push, Or Lift The Person To Safety Using ADry Wooden Pole Or A Dry Rope Or Some Other Insulating Material.

4. Send For Help As Soon As Possible.

5. After The Injured Person Is Free Of Contact With The Source Of Electrical Shock, Move ThePerson A Short Distance Away And Immediately Start Resuscitation.

TM 1-6625-735-14

a/(b Blank)

Page 3: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 4: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Insert latest change pages; dispose of superseded pages in accordance with applicable policies.

NOTE: On a changed page, the portion of the text affected by the latest change is indicated by a verticalline in the outer margin of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by a vertical line in the outermargin of the page next to the illustration title.

Dates of issue for original and change pages are:

Original ......................... 22 June 2001

The total number of pages in this manual is 200.

PageNo.

#ChangeNo.

Title....................... 0Blank..................... 0A .......................... 0B Blank.................. 0a........................... 0b Blank.................. 0i - iii...................... 0iv Blank ................. 01-1 ....................... 01-2 Blank .............. 01-3 - 1-7............... 01-8 Blank .............. 02-1 ....................... 02-2 Blank .............. 02-3 - 2-34............. 0

PageNo.

#ChangeNo.

3-1 ....................... 03-2 Blank .............. 03-3 - 3-39............. 03-40 Blank ............ 03-41 - 3-42........... 04-1 ....................... 04-2 Blank .............. 04-3 - 4-4............... 05-1 ....................... 05-2 Blank .............. 05-3 - 5-10............. 05-11 Blank ............ 05-12 - 5-44........... 05-45 Blank ............ 05-46 - 5-63........... 0

PageNo.

#ChangeNo.

5-64 Blank ............ 05-65 - 5-76........... 0A-1 ....................... 0A-2 Blank.............. 0B-1 - B-5 ............... 0B-6 Blank .............. 0B-7 - B-10 ............. 0C-1 - C-2 .............. 0D-1 - D-3 .............. 0D-4 Blank .............. 0Glossary-1 -Glossary-3............. 0Glossary-4 Blank.... 0Index-1 - Index-4 ... 0

TM 1-6625-735-14

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

# Zero in this column indicates an original page.

A/(B Blank)

Page 5: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 6: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Operator, Unit, Direct Support,and General Support Maintenance Manual

forTest Set, Stabilization System

P/N 70700-20650-050

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you know of away to improve these procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) or DA Form2028-2 located in back of this manual direct to: Commander, US Army Aviationand Missile Command, ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-LS-LP, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5230. You may also submit your recommended changes by E-mail directly [email protected] or by FAX at 256-842-6546/DSN 788-8546. A replay willbe furnished directly to you. Instructions for sending an electronic 2028 may befound at the back of this publication.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

CHAPTER 1 Introduction......................................................................................... 1-1SECTION I. General Information ........................................................................... 1-3SECTION II. Equipment Description and Data ...................................................... 1-5

CHAPTER 2 Operation Instructions ........................................................................ 2-1SECTION I. Description and Use of Operator’s Controls and Indicators............. 2-3SECTION II. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services................... 2-29SECTION III. Operation Under Usual Conditions.................................................... 2-31

CHAPTER 3 GENERAL SUPPORT....................................................................... 3-1SECTION I. Lubrication Instructions...................................................................... 3-3SECTION II. Troubleshooting Procedures ............................................................... 3-5SECTION III. Maintenance Procedures..................................................................... 3-41

CHAPTER 4 Unit Maintenance ............................................................................... 4-1SECTION Maintenance Procedures..................................................................... 4-3

CHAPTER 5 DIRECT SUPPORT Maintenance ..................................................... 5-1SECTION I. Maintenance Procedures..................................................................... 5-3SECTION II. Calibration Procedures ....................................................................... 5-65

TM 1-6625-735-14

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

NO. 1-6625-735-14 WASHINGTON, D.C. 22 June 2001

i

Page 7: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Page

APPENDIX A REFERENCES ................................................................................... A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART ..................................... B-1

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST ............................. C-1

APPENDIX D ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS ................. D-1

GLOSSARY ....................................................................................... Glossary-1

INDEX ................................................................................................ Index-1

TM 1-6625-735-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont)

ii

Page 8: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This Operator, Unit, Direct Support, and General Sup-port Maintenance Manual is descriptive. It includesthe purpose, function, physical characteristics, loca-tion, access, and theory of operation for the Stabiliza-tion System Test Set, 70700-20650-050, hereinafterreferred to as SSLTS. Related illustrations showsimple schematics, block diagrams, and location dia-grams.

This manual contains maintenance data through theOperator, Unit, Direct and General support levels.This manual does not contain maintenance data forDepot level.

TM 1-6625-735-14

iii/(iv Blank)

Page 9: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 10: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

SECTION TITLE PAGE

I General Information 1-3

II Equipment Description and Data 1-5

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-1/(1-2 Blank)

Page 11: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 12: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION I.

GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

1.1 Scope 1-4

1.2 Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports 1-4

1.3 Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) 1-4

1.4 Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel 1-4

1.5 Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) 1-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-3

Page 13: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1.1. SCOPE.

This manual describes the TEST SET, STABILIZA-TION SYSTEM 70700-20650-050 and providesinstructions for replacement of parts available tooperators, aviation unit, and intermediate maintenancetechnicians.

1.2. MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS,AND REPORTS.

Department of the Army forms and procedures usedfor equipment maintenance will be those prescribedby DA Pam 738-750, Army Maintenance Manage-ment System; or AR 700-138, Army Logistics Readi-ness and Sustainability.

1.3. CORROSION PREVENTION ANDCONTROL (CPC).

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Armymaterial is a continuing concern. It is important thatany corrosion problems with this item be reported sothat the problem can be corrected and improvementscan be made to prevent the problem in future items.

While corrosion is typically associated with rusting ofmetals, it can also include deterioration of other mate-rials, such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking,

softening, swelling, or breaking of these materialsmay be a corrosion problem.

If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reportedusing Standard Form 368, Product Quality DeficiencyReport. Use of keywords such as,9corrosion,9 9rust,99deterioration,9 or 9cracking9 will ensure that theinformation is identified as a CPC problem.

The form should be submitted to the address specifiedin DA PAM 738-750.

1.4. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRON-ICS MATERIEL.

Destruction of Army electronics materiel to preventenemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750-244-2.

1.5. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVE-MENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR).

If your equipment needs improvement, let us know.Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one whocan tell us what you don’t like about the design. Put iton an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to:Commander, US Army Aviation and Missile Com-mand, ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-LS-LP, RedstoneArsenal, AL 35898-5230. We’ll send you a reply.

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-4

Page 14: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II.

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

1.6 Equipment Characteristics and Features 1-6

1.7 Location and Description of Major Components 1-6

1.7.1 Carrying Cases 1-6

1.7.2 UH60A UH60L EH60A UH−60Q Computer Test PointPanel

1-6

1.7.3 STABILATOR SYSTEM Section 1-6

1.7.4 SAS SYSTEM Section 1-6

1.7.5 LAMP TEST Switch 1-6

1.7.6 POWER Section 1-6

1.8 Equipment Data 1-6

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-5

Page 15: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1.6. EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS ANDFEATURES.

The test set provides the AVUM technician with thecapability to monitor and simulate signals to and fromAFCS. UH−60A UH−60L EH−60A

UH−60Q The computer test point panel monitorsinputs and outputs from the SAS/FPS computer.The STABILATOR SYSTEM portion of the test setallows monitoring of various input/output/operatingvoltages by means of lights and test points. It alsoprovides sensor simulators to input signals to the sys-tem under test. The SAS SYSTEM portion of the testset provides lamps and test points to monitor inputand output signals, and sensor simulators to providesignal inputs.

1.7. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OFMAJOR COMPONENTS.

1.7.1. Carrying Cases. The test set is made up oftwo carrying cases. The cable case assembly containsall the interconnecting cable assemblies. The test unitcase contains the computer test point panel in theupper hinged half of the case and the STABILATORSYSTEM and SAS SYSTEM test points, lamps, andsimulators in the lower hinged half of the case.

1.7.2. Computer Test Point Panel UH60A

UH60L EH60A UH−60Q The computer testpoint panel is connected to the SAS/FPS computer bythe three cable assemblies which connect to test set’sJ4, J5, and J6. The test points correspond to relatedpins on the SAS/FPS computer connectors and are inparallel with them.

1.7.3. STABILATOR SYSTEM Section. TheSTABILATOR SYSTEM section of the test set has30 INDICATORS which represent system conditions.There are 51 TEST POINTS on the test set which areused to provide access to signal and voltage condi-tions within the system. The simulator sections con-tain variable controls, mode selector controls, and testpoints. These simulator sections can input, if selected,simulated sensor and circuit operation. This portion ofthe test set also provides manual slew, fault monitor-ing and reset capabilities.

1.7.4. SAS SYSTEM Section. The SAS SYS-TEM section of the test set has 15test points and threemonitor lamps to provide access to system signalpoints and to visually indicate system conditions. Italso provides airspeed simulation, yaw rate gyrosimulation, and a roll attitude simulation. The roll atti-tude simulation is by means of a synchro transmittercontrol.

1.7.5. LAMP TEST Switch. The LAMP TESTswitch provides a voltage to all STABILATOR SYS-TEM INDICATORS lamps and to the three SASSYSTEM indicator lamps.

1.7.6. POWER Section. The POWER sectionprovides lamp monitoring, test points, and circuitbreaker protection for input and output voltages.

1.8. EQUIPMENT DATA.

The following is a listing of the technical characteris-tics of the stabilization system test set equipment.

AC voltage 115 vac, 1ø, 400 Hz

DC voltage 27.5 to 28.5 vdcOutputs Simulated

Dimensions -Test unit(l x w x h)

55.88 cm (22 in.) x 43.18cm (17 in.) x 35.56 cm (14in.)

Cable caseassembly(l x w x h)

66.04 cm (26 in.) x 45.72cm (18 in.) x 21.59 cm (8.5in.)

Volume -Test unit 0.09 cubic meter (3.0 cu ft)Cable caseassembly

0.069 cubic meter (2.3 cuft)

Weight -Test unit 21.9 kg (48.7 lbs)Cable caseassembly

19.8 kg (44 lbs)

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-6

Page 16: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3075

CABLE CASEASSEMBLY

TEST UNIT

Figure 1-1. Test Set, Stabilization System

TM 1-6625-735-14

1-7/(1-8 Blank)

Page 17: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 18: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CHAPTER 2

OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

SECTION TITLE PAGE

I Description and Use of Operator’s Controls and Indicators 2-3

II Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 2-29

III Operation Under Usual Conditions 2-31

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-1/(2-2 Blank)

Page 19: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 20: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION I.

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

2.1 Operator’s Controls and Indicators 2-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-3

Page 21: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

2.1. OPERATOR’S CONTROLS AND INDICA-TORS.

All operator’s controls, indicators, test points, andconnectors are shown in Figure 2-1 and listed anddescribed in Table 2-1.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-4

Page 22: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

STAB DN

UP LIMIT

DN LIMIT

AS SW60 KNOTS

HOT SLEW

INTLK 28

INTLK 28

DRVR SPLY

AUTO ENGAOS

AUTO ENGA

DRVR SPLY

RESET

STAB UP

STAB DN

AUTO ENGA

DRVR SPLY

AS SW

AS BFR

AS BFR OS

P RATE FLTR

SLEW UP

SLEW DN

UP CMD

DN CMD

LATL ACCLRMFLTR

26 VAC

−15 VDC

SIG GND

PWR GND

TEST

INTLK 28

SCALING AMPL

DN UP

GND SIM

NORM

SNSR SIM

NO. 1

NO. 2SINGLE

STAB1&2

NORM GND SIM

DN UPDN UP

GNDNORM

SIM

SIM

STAB 1&2

SNSR

NO. 1

NO. 2

STAB 1STAB 2

CLTV STICK POSN

SIMSNSR

NO. 1

NO. 2

SIMSTAB 1&2

STAB 1STAB 2NORM

DECR INCR

AS SENSOR

OFF

SIMSNSR

NO. 1

NO. 2

SIMSTAB 1&2

STAB 1STAB 2NORM

ACTR POSN

GND

DN UP

GNDNORM

GNDNORM

SIMSTAB 1&2

STAB 1STAB 2

SIMSNSR

SAS

SAS 1SAS(WO)

PITCH RATE GYRO

NOSEDN

NOSEUP

SIMSTAB 1&2

STAB 1STAB 2SAS 1

SIMSNSR

SAS

STAB 1

STAB 2

LATL ACCLRM

L R

FAULT MONITORPOSN

INHIBIT

1 2 1 2

MANUAL SLEW

UP

DN

OFFRESET

OFF

HI P VALVE

R VALVE

Y VALVE

TURN RATECOIL

YAW RATE TEST

LO

YAW RATE

YAW 26 VAC REF

DC ROLL ATT

ENGAGE1 2

AIRSPEED SWITCHNORM60 60

HI LO

HI LO

HI LO

KNOTS KNOTS

SIM 1NORM SIM 2

SNSR SIM

X

Y

Z

SIM 1NORM SIM 2

SIM

LAMPTEST

TEST SET

PWR GND

SASSTAB 2STAB 1115 VAC 400Hz

SIGGND

−15 VDC

+15VDC

28 VDCSASSTAB 2STAB 1

ROLL ATTYAW RATE

SAS SIG REFPITCH / ROLL / YAW

SAS SYSTEM

TEST POINTS

J1

J2

J3

POWER

TEST POINTSNO. 1 NO. 2

INDICATORS

NO. 1 NO. 2

OS

OS

<

NO. 1 NO. 2

L R

< >

STAB UP

STAB 1

STAB 2

RAMP RAMP

I LIMIT1 2

+15 VDC

COMPTR TST (+)

COMPTR TST (−)

BFR AS SNSR

BFR ACTR POSN

STABILATOR SYSTEM

SA

AK

3076_1

NORM

TEST

PITCH ROLL YAWRATE GYRO TEST

TEST MONITORSELF TEST

ENABLE

COMPTR TST (+)

26VAC 2

1 2

φ

ACTR POSN (OS)

SWITCHED I LIMIT

MH−60K

ROLL RATE TEST

ROLL RATE

ROLL 26 VAC REF

Figure

2-1.O

perator’sC

ontrolsD

iagram(S

heet1

of2)

TM

1-6625-735-14

2-5

Page 23: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SA

AK

3076_2

W X YV

CC DD EEBB

Z

GG HHFF

T

Z

R

X

P

W

N

V

M

U

L

T

K

S

J

R

H

QP

FEDC

J

B

I

A

H

A B C D E F G H

J6J5J4

J111

J121

J139

W X YV

CC DDBB

A B CZ

GG HHFF

TR

X

P

W

N

V

M

U

L

T

K

R

H

PN

FEDC

JI

A

H

D E F G

MLK

S

Y

U

AA

A B C D E F G

Figure

2-1.O

perator’sC

ontrolsD

iagram(S

heet2)

TM

1-6625-735-14

2-6

Page 24: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls.

CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

CONNECTORSJ1 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A UH−60Q helicopter connector P405R or MH−60K heli-copter connector P358R , and No. 1 stabilator amplifier through cableassembly W2.

J2 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A UH−60Q helicopter connector P404R or MH−60K heli-copter connector P358R , and No. 1 stabilator amplifier through cableassembly W6.

J3 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A UH−60Q helicopter connector P423R or MH−60K heli-copter connector P286R , and Stability Augmentation Set (SAS) amplifierthrough cable assembly W1.

J4 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A UH−60Q helicopter connector P428R , and Stability Augmen-tation System/Flight Path Stabilization (SAS/FPS) computer connector J111through cable assembly W4.

J5 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A helicopter connector P422R , and SAS/FPS computer connectorJ121 through cable assembly W5.

J6 Provides electrical connection between test set,UH−60A UH−60L

EH−60A helicopter connector P421R , and SAS/FPS computer connectorJ139 through cable assembly W3.

POWER28 VDC STAB 1Indicator

Goes on to indicate 28 vdc power is applied to test set from helicopter dc elec-trical power system through helicopter circuit breaker, through test set connec-tor J1, and through test set 28 VDC STAB 1 circuit breaker.

28 VDC STAB 1 TestPoint

Provides monitoring capability for 28 vdc power that is used to turn on test set28 VDC STAB 1 indicator.

28 VDC STAB 1 CircuitBreaker

Applies 28 vdc power to test set from helicopter dc electrical power system,through helicopter circuit breaker, and through test set connector J1. Functionsas protective device during overloads and short circuits.

28 VDC STAB 2Indicator

Goes on to indicate 28 vdc power is applied to test set from helicopter dc elec-trical power system through helicopter circuit breaker, through test set connec-tor J2, and through test set 28 VDC STAB 2 circuit breaker.

28 VDC STAB 2 TestPoint

Provides monitoring capability for 28 vdc power that is used to turn on test set28 VDC STAB 2 indicator.

28 VDC STAB 2 CircuitBreaker

Applies 28 vdc power to test set from helicopter dc electrical power system,through test set connector J2. Functions as protective device during overloadsand short circuits.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-7

Page 25: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

28 VDC SAS Indicator Goes on to indicate 28 vdc power is applied to test set from helicopter ac elec-trical power system, through helicopter circuit breaker, through test set connec-tor J3, and through test set 28 VDC SAS circuit breaker.

28 VDC SAS Test Point Provides monitoring capability for 28 vdc power that is used to turn on test set28 VDC SAS indicator.

28 VDC SAS CircuitBreaker

Applies 28 vdc power to test set from helicopter dc electrical power system,through helicopter circuit breaker and through test set connector J3. Functionsas protective device during overloads and short circuits.

115 VAC 400 Hz STAB1 Indicator

Goes on to indicate 115 vac 400 Hz power is applied to test set from helicop-ter ac electrical power system, through helicopter circuit breaker, and throughtest set connector J1.

115 VAC 400 Hz STAB1 Test Point

Provides monitoring capability for 115 vac 400 Hz power that is used to turnon test set 115 VAC 400 Hz STAB 1 indicator.

115 VAC 400 Hz STAB2 Indicator

Goes on to indicate 115 vac 400 Hz power is applied to test set from helicop-ter ac electrical power system, through helicopter circuit breaker, and throughtest set connector J2.

115 VAC 400 Hz STAB2 Test Point

Provides monitoring capability for 115 vac 400 Hz power that is used to turnon test set 115 VAC 400 Hz STAB 2 indicator.

115 VAC 400 Hz SASIndicator

Goes on to indicate 115 vac 400 Hz power is applied to test set from helicop-ter ac electrical power system, through helicopter circuit breaker, and throughtest set connector J3.

115 VAC 400 Hz SASTest Point

Provides monitoring capability for 115 vac 400 Hz power that is used to turnon test set 115 VAC 400 Hz SAS indicator.

+15 VDC and −15 VDCTest Points

Provide monitoring capabilities for 15 vdc and −15 vdc voltages which aresupplied by power supply within test set. Power supply receives single-phase115 vac 400 Hz excitation voltage through test set connector priority switchingarrangements as follows:

Connectors Used Power ExcitationReceived From

J1, J2, J3 J1J1 and J2 J1J3 J3

TEST SET CircuitBreaker

Applies single-phase 115 vac 400 Hz power to test set power supply from J1or J3 priority switching arrangements. Functions as protective device duringoverloads and short circuits.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-8

Page 26: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

PWR GND Test Point Provides a ground reference point for monitoring power voltages. To minimizeundesirable effects of ground loops, power ground reference is receivedthrough test set connector priority switching arrangements as follows:

Connectors Used Power ExcitationReceived From

J1, J2, J3 J1J1 and J2 J1J3 J3

SIG GND Test Point Provides a ground reference point for monitoring signal voltages. Signalground reference is established at test set power supply and is made commonto power ground through helicopter wiring.

LAMP TESTLAMP TEST Button Provides test set lamps with press-to-test capability. When pressed, all STABI-

LATOR SYSTEM INDICATORS go on and SAS SYSTEM ENGAGE 1 and2 indicators and AIRSPEED SWITCH 60 KNOTS indicator go on. 28 VDCSTAB 1 power is used to turn on STABILATOR SYSTEM INDICATORSand 28 VDC SAS power is used to turn on SAS SYSTEM indicators.

STABILATOR SYSTEMSCALING AMPLSimulator

Provides capability for simulating or monitoring signal output from No. 1and/or No. 2 stabilator amplifier - scaling amplifier. Used for testing No. 1 andNo. 2 stabilator amplifier - scaling amplifier commands for automatic modeoperation.

NO. 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output from scaling amplifier in No.1 stabilator amplifier. When NO. 1 mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1SIM test point is connected to NO. 1 SNSR test point.

NO. 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for SCALING AMPL simulator signal selectedby NO. 1 DN/UP control when NO. 1 mode selector control is at SIM. Pro-vides monitoring capability for ground supplied to driver logic module in No.1 stabilator amplifier when NO. 1 mode selector control is at GND. When NO.1 mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SIM test point is connected toNO. 1 SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for signal output fromscaling amplifier in No. 1 stabilator amplifier.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-9

Page 27: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 1 DN/UP Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal, with a voltage range of −10.0 vdc to 0to 10.0 vdc, through SIM of NO. 1 mode selector control and through test setconnector J1 to driver logic module in No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This simula-tion voltage can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. With STAB 1 &2/SINGLE selector switch placed to STAB 1 & 2, this simulation signal is alsosupplied through SIM of NO. 2 mode selector control and through connectorJ2 to driver logic module in No. 2 stabilator amplifier, and can be monitored atNO. 2 SIM test point. From 0 vdc reference, turning control DN supplies apositive voltage output from test set, and turning control UP supplies a nega-tive voltage output from test set. Control can be turned 10 complete turns fromeach mechanical stop.

NO. 1 Mode SelectControl

NORM position supplies output signal from scaling amplifier in No. 1 stabila-tor amplifier through test set connector J1 to driver logic module in No. 1 sta-bilator amplifier. This signal can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM and NO. 1 SNSRtest points. GND position supplies ground from test set through connector J1to input of driver logic module in No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This ground canbe monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. SIM position supplies variable dc simu-lation signal selected by NO. 1 DN/UP control, through test set connector J1,to driver logic module in No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This signal can be moni-tored at NO. 1 SIM test point.

NO. 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output from scaling amplifier in No.2 stabilator amplifier. When NO. 2 mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 2SIM test point is connected to NO. 2 SNSR test point.

NO. 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for SCALING AMPL simulator signal selectedby NO. 2 DN/UP control when NO. 2 mode selector control is at SIM. Pro-vides monitoring capability for ground supplied to driver logic module in No.2 stabilator amplifier when NO. 2 mode selector control is at GND. When NO.2 mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 2 SNSR test point is connected toNO. 2 SIM test point to provide monitoring capability for signal output fromscaling amplifier in No. 2 stabilator amplifier.

NO. 2 DN/UP Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal, with voltage range of −10.0 vdc to 0 to10.0 vdc, through SINGLE of STAB 1 & 2/SINGLE control, through SIM ofNO. 2 mode selector control, and through test set connector J2 to driver logicmodule in No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This simulation voltage can be monitoredat NO. 2 SIM test point. From 0 vdc reference, turning control DN suppliespositive voltage output from test set and turning control UP supplies negativevoltage output from test set. Control can be turned 10 complete turns fromeach mechanical stop.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-10

Page 28: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 2 Mode SelectControl

NORM supplies output signal from scaling amplifier in No. 2 stabilator ampli-fier through test set connector J2 to driver logic module in No. 2 stabilatoramplifier. This signal can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM and NO. 2 SNSR testpoints. GND supplies ground from test set through connector J2 to input ofdriver logic module in No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This ground can be moni-tored at NO. 2 SIM test points. SIM supplies variable dc simulator signalselected by NO. 2 DN/UP control through test set connector J2 to driver logicmodule in No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This signal can be monitored at NO. 2SIM test point.

STAB 1 & 2/SINGLEControl

STAB 1 & 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by NO. 1 DN/UPcontrol through SIM of NO. 1 and NO. 2 mode selector controls and throughtest set connectors J1 and J2 to driver logic module in No. 1 and No. 2 stabila-tor amplifiers. This signal can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIM testpoints. SINGLE supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by NO. 2DN/UP control, through SIM of NO. 2 mode selector control, and through testset connector J2 to driver logic module in No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This sig-nal can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point.

CLTV STICK POSNSimulator

Provides capability for simulating or monitoring signal output from No. 1and/or No. 2 collective stick position sensors. Used for testing collective func-tion of No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers.

NO. 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of No. 1 collective stick posi-tion sensor. When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SNSR test pointis connected to NO. 1 SIM test point.

NO. 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 collective stick position sensor simu-lation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB1. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier when mode selector control is at GND or SIM STAB 2. When modeselector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SIM test point is connected to NO. 1SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for signal output of No. 1collective stick position sensor.

NO. 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of No. 2 collective stick posi-tion sensor. When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 2 SIM test point isconnected to NO. 2 SNSR test point.

NO. 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 collective stick position sensor simu-lation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB2. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier when mode selector control is at GND or SIM STAB 1. When modeselector is at NORM, NO. 2 SIM test point is connected to NO. 2 SNSR testpoint to provide monitoring capability for signal output of No. 2 collectivestick position sensor.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-11

Page 29: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

DN/UP Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal, with a voltage range of −6.6 vdc to 6.6vdc, through selected SIM of mode selector control, to specific amplifiersselected. Simulation voltages, which are selected by mode selector control andsupplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier, can bemonitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. Simulation voltages, which are selected bymode selector control and supplied through test set connector J2 to No. 2 sta-bilator amplifier, can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. From 0 vdc refer-ence, turning control DN supplies positive voltage output from test set, andturning control UP supplies negative voltage output from test set.

Mode Selector Control NORM supplies output signal from No. 1 and No. 2 collective stick positionsensors through test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers, respectively. Signals from No. 1 collective stick position sensor canbe monitored at NO. 1 SNSR and NO. 1 SIM test points. Signals from No. 2collective stick position sensor can be monitored at NO. 2 SNSR and NO. 2SIM test points. GND supplies ground from test set through connectors J1 andJ2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respectively. These grounds can bemonitored by NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIM test points. SIM STAB 1 & 2 positionsupplies variable dc simulation signal selected by DN/UP control through testset connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respectively.These simulation signals can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIM testpoints. SIM STAB 1 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by DN/UPcontrol through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This simula-tion signal can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. This switch position alsosupplies ground through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. Thisground can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. SIM STAB 2 supplies vari-able dc simulation signal selected by DN/UP control through test set connectorJ2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This simulation signal can be monitored atNO. 2 SIM test point. This switch position also supplies ground through testset connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This ground can be monitored atNO. 1 SIM test point.

AS SENSOR Simulator Provides capability for simulating or monitoring signal output from NO. 1and/or NO. 2 airspeed sensors. Used for testing airspeed functions of No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers.

NO. 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of NO. 1 airspeed sensor.When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SNSR test point is connectedto NO. 1 SIM test point.

NO. 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 airspeed sensor simulation signalwhen mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB 1. Providesmonitoring capability for 2.26 vdc (simulated signal output from airspeed sen-sor from 0 to 30 knots of airspeed) supplied to No. 1 stabilator amplifier whenmode selector control is at SIM STAB 2. When mode selector control is atNORM, NO. 1 SIM test point is connected to NO. 1 SNSR test point to pro-vide monitoring capability for signal output of No. 1 airspeed sensor.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-12

Page 30: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of No. 2 airspeed sensor.When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SNSR test point is connectedto NO. 1 SIM test point.

NO. 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 airspeed sensor simulation signalwhen mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB 2. Providesmonitoring capability for 2.26 vdc (simulated signal output from airspeed sen-sor from 0 to 30 knots of airspeed) supplied to No. 2 stabilator amplifier whenmode selector control is at SIM STAB 1. When mode selector control is atNORM, NO. 1 SIM test point is connected to NO. 1 SNSR test point to pro-vide monitoring capability for signal output of No. 2 airspeed sensor.

DECR/INCR Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal, with voltage range of less than 2.0 vdcand not greater than 15.0 vdc, through selected SIM of mode selector control,to specific amplifiers selected. Simulation voltages, which are selected by modeselector control and supplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier, can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. Simulation voltages,which are selected by mode selector control and supplied through test set con-nector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier, can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM testpoint. Turning control in INCR direction increases positive voltage output fromtest set. Turning control in DECR direction decreases positive voltage outputfrom test set. Test set variable dc signal output is equal to 75 millivolts perknot of simulated airspeed.

Mode Selector Control NORM position supplies output from No. 1 and No. 2 airspeed sensorsthrough test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers,respectively. Signals from No. 1 airspeed sensor can be monitored at NO. 1SNSR and NO. 1 SIM test points. Signals from No. 2 airspeed sensor can bemonitored at NO. 2 SNSR and NO. 2 SIM test points. OFF position opensinput to stabilator amplifier to test amplifier’s auto shutdown function. SIMSTAB 1 & 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by DECR/INCRcontrol through test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers, respectively. These simulation signals can be monitored at NO. 1and NO. 2 SIM test points. SIM STAB 1 supplies variable dc simulation signalselected by DECR/INCR control through test set connector J1, to No. 1 stabi-lator amplifier. This simulation signal can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM testpoint. This switch position also supplies 2.26 vdc (simulated signal outputfrom airspeed sensor from 0 to 30 knots of airspeed) through test connector J2,to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This 2.26 vdc can be monitored at NO. 2 SIMtest point. SIM STAB 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected byDECR/INCR control through test set connector J2, to No. 2 stabilator ampli-fier. This simulation signal can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. Thisswitch position also supplies 2.26 vdc (simulated signal output from airspeedsensor from 0 to 30 knots of airspeed), through test set connector J1, to No. 1stabilator amplifier. This 2.26 vdc can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-13

Page 31: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

ACTR POSN Simulator Provides capability for simulating or monitoring No. 1 and/or No. 2 stabilatoractuator position feedback signals. Used for testing function of No. 1 and No.2 stabilator amplifiers.

NO. 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 stabilator actuator position feedbacksignal. When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SNSR test point isconnected to NO. 1 SIM test point.

NO. 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 stabilator actuator position feedbacksimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIMSTAB 1. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier when mode selector control is at GND or SIM STAB 2. When modeselector control is at NORM, NO. 1 SIM test point is connected to NO. 1SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for position feedback signalfrom No. 1 stabilator actuator. All signals monitored at NO. 1 SIM test pointare also supplied through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier formonitoring No. 1 stabilator actuator position and rate of movement.

NO. 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 stabilator actuator position feedbacksignal. When mode selector control is at NORM, NO. 2 SNSR test point isconnected to NO. 2 SIM test point.

NO. 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 stabilator actuator position feedbacksimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIMSTAB 2. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier when mode selector control is at GND or SIM STAB 1. When modeselector control is at NORM, NO. 2 SIM test point is connected to NO. 2SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for position feedback signalfrom No. 2 simulator actuator. All signals monitored at NO. 2 SIM test pointare also supplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier formonitoring No. 2 stabilator actuator position and rate of movement.

DN/UP Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal, with voltage range of −15.0 vdc to 15.0vdc, through selected SIM position of mode selector control to specific ampli-fiers selected. Simulation voltages, which are selected by mode selector controland supplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier, can bemonitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. Simulation voltages, which are selected bymode selector control and supplied through test set connector J2 to No. 2 sta-bilator amplifier, can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. From 0 vdc refer-ence, turning control DN supplies positive voltage output from test set andturning control UP supplies negative voltage output from test set. Control canbe turned 10 complete turns from each mechanical stop.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-14

Page 32: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

Mode Selector Control NORM supplies No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator actuator feedback signals throughtest set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respec-tively. This position also allows No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers to moni-tor position and rate of movement of No. 2 and No. 1 stabilator actuators,respectively. Signals from No. 1 stabilator actuator can be monitored at NO. 1SNSR and NO. 1 SIM test points. Signals from No. 2 stabilator actuator canbe monitored at NO. 2 SNSR and NO. 2 SIM test points. GND suppliesground from test set through connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabila-tor amplifiers. These grounds can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIM testpoints. SIM STAB 1 & 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected byDN/UP control through test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabi-lator amplifiers, respectively. This position also supplies No. 1 simulation sig-nal through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier and No. 2 simu-lation signal through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. Thesesimulation signals can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIM test points. SIMSTAB 1 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by DN/UP controlthrough test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. Variable dc simula-tion signal is also supplied through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier for monitoring simulated No. 1 stabilator actuator position. Thissimulation signal can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point. This switch posi-tion also supplies ground through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier. Ground is also supplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabi-lator amplifier. This ground can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. SIMSTAB 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by DN/UP controlthrough test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. Variable dc simula-tion signal is also supplied through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier for monitoring simulated No. 2 stabilator actuator position. Thissimulation signal can be monitored at NO. 2 SIM test point. This switch posi-tion also supplies ground through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier. Ground is also supplied through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabi-lator amplifier. This ground can be monitored at NO. 1 SIM test point.

LATL ACCLRMSimulator

Provides capability for simulating or monitoring signal output of No. 1 and/orNo. 2 lateral accelerometers. Used for testing acceleration functions of No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers. Also provides capability for simulating ormonitoring filtered lateral accelerometer signal from No. 1 stabilator amplifier.This is used for testing acceleration functions of stability augmentation system(SAS) amplifier.

STAB 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of No. 1 lateral accelerometer.When mode selector control is at NORM or SIM STAB 2, STAB 1 SNSR testpoint is connected to STAB 1 SIM test point.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-15

Page 33: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

STAB 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 lateral accelerometer simulation sig-nal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB 1. Pro-vides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 1 stabilator amplifierwhen mode selector control is at GND or SIM SAS 1. When mode selectorcontrol is at NORM or SIM STAB 2, STAB 1 SIM test point is connected toSTAB 1 SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for signal outputfrom No. 1 lateral accelerometer.

STAB 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of No. 2 lateral accelerometer.When mode selector control is at NORM or SIM STAB 1, STAB 2 SNSR testpoint is connected to STAB 2 SIM test point.

STAB 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 lateral accelerometer simulation sig-nal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIM STAB 2. Pro-vides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 2 stabilator amplifierwhen mode selector control is at GND or SIM SAS 1. When mode selectorcontrol is at NORM or SIM STAB 1, STAB 2 SIM test point is connected toSTAB 2 SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for signal outputfrom No. 2 lateral accelerometer.

SAS SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for filtered lateral accelerometer output signalfrom No. 1 stabilator amplifier. When mode selector control is at NORM orSIM STAB 1, SAS SNSR test point is connected to SAS SIM test point.

SAS SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for filtered lateral accelerometer simulation sig-nal when mode selector control is at SIM SAS 1. Provides monitoring capabil-ity for ground supplied to SAS amplifier when mode selector control is atGND, SIM STAB 1 & 2, and SIM STAB 2. When mode selector control is atNORM or SIM STAB 1, SAS SIM test point is connected to SAS SNSR testpoint to provide monitoring capability for filtered lateral accelerometer outputsignal from No. 1 stabilator amplifier.

L/R Control Supplies variable dc simulation signal through selected SIM position of modeselector control to specific amplifiers selected. Simulation voltages, which areselected by mode selector control and supplied through test set connector J1 toNo. 1 stabilator amplifier, can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM test point. Simu-lation voltages, which are selected by mode selector control and suppliedthrough test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier, can be monitored atSTAB 2 SIM test point. Simulation voltages, which are selected by modeselector control and supplied through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier,can be monitored at SAS SIM test point. Simulation voltages supplied to No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers are within voltage range of −3.75 vdc to 3.75vdc. From 0 vdc reference, turning control L supplies positive voltage outputfrom test set to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, and turning control Rsupplies negative voltage output from test set to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers. Simulation voltages supplied to SAS amplifier are within voltagerange of −3.0 vdc to 3.0 vdc. From 0 vdc reference, turning control L suppliesnegative voltage output from test set to SAS amplifier and turning control Rsupplies positive voltage output from test set to SAS amplifier.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-16

Page 34: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

Mode Selector Control NORM supplies No. 1 and No. 2 lateral accelerometer signals through test setconnectors J1 and J2 to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respectively.NORM also supplies filtered lateral accelerometer signal from No. 1 stabilatoramplifier through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. Signal from No. 1lateral accelerometer can be monitored at STAB 1 SNSR and STAB 1 SIMtest points. Signal from No. 2 lateral accelerometer can be monitored at STAB2 SNSR and STAB 2 SIM test points. Signal from No. 1 stabilator amplifiercan be monitored at SAS SNSR and SAS SIM test points. GND suppliesground from test set through connectors J1, J2, and J3 to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier, No. 2 stabilator amplifier, and SAS amplifier, respectively. Thesegrounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM, STAB 2 SIM, and SAS SIM testpoints. SIM STAB 1 & 2 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected byL/R control through test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers, respectively. These simulation signals can be monitored at STAB 1SIM and STAB 2 SIM test points. This position also supplies a groundthrough test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This ground can be monitoredat SAS SIM test point. SIM STAB 1 supplies variable dc simulation signalselected by L/R control through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator ampli-fier. This simulation signal can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM test point. SIMSTAB 1 also supplies No. 2 lateral accelerometer signal through test set con-nector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This accelerometer signal can be moni-tored at SIM STAB 2 test point. SIM STAB 1 also supplies filtered lateralaccelerometer signal from No. 1 stabilator amplifier through test set connectorJ3 to SAS amplifier. This filtered accelerometer signal can be monitored atSAS SIM test point. SIM STAB 2 supplies variable dc simulation signalselected by L/R control through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator ampli-fier. This simulation signal can be monitored at STAB 2 SIM test point. SIMSTAB 2 also supplies No. 1 lateral accelerometer signal through test set con-nector J1, to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This accelerometer signal can be moni-tored at STAB 1 SIM test point. SIM STAB 2 also supplies ground from testset through connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This ground can be monitored atSAS SIM test point. SIM SAS 1 supplies variable dc simulation signal selectedby L/R control through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This simulationsignal can be monitored at SAS SIM test point. SIM SAS 1 also suppliesground from test set through connectors J1 and J2 to No. 1 and No. 2 stabila-tor amplifiers, respectively. These grounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIMand STAB 2 SIM test points.

PITCH RATE GYROSimulator

Provides capability for simulating or monitoring No. 1 and/or No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers-pitch rate gyro output signals. This simulation signal is used for test-ing No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier-pitch rate path. Also provides capabil-ity for simulating or monitoring No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitch rateoutput signal. This simulation signal is used for testing stability augmentationsystem (SAS) amplifier-pitch rate path.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-17

Page 35: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

STAB 1 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of pitch rate gyro in No. 1stabilator amplifier. When mode selector control is at NORM, STAB 1 SNSRtest point is connected to STAB 1 SIM test point.

STAB 1 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 stabilator amplifier-pitch rate gyrosimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIMSTAB 1. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 1 stabilatoramplifier-pitch rate path when mode selector control is at GND, SIM STAB 2,SIM SAS 1, or SIM SAS (WO). When mode selector control is at NORM,STAB 1 SIM test point is connected to STAB 1 SNSR test point to providemonitoring capability for signal output of pitch rate gyro in No. 1 stabilatoramplifier.

STAB 2 SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for signal output of pitch rate gyro in No. 2stabilator amplifier. When mode selector control is at NORM, STAB 1 SNSRtest point is connected to STAB 1 SIM test point.

STAB 2 SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 stabilator amplifier-pitch rate gyrosimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM STAB 1 & 2 or SIMSTAB 2. Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier-pitch rate path when mode selector control is at GND, SIM STAB 1,SIM SAS 1, or SIM SAS (WO). When mode selector control is at NORM,STAB 2 SIM test point is connected to STAB 2 SNSR test point to providemonitoring capability for signal output of pitch rate gyro in No. 2 stabilatoramplifier.

SAS SNSR Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitch rateoutput signal. When mode selector control is at NORM or STAB 1, SASSNSR test point is connected to SAS SIM test point.

SAS SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitch ratesimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM SAS 1 or SIM SAS(WO). Provides monitoring capability for ground supplied to SAS amplifierwhen mode selector control is at GND, SIM STAB 1 & 2, and SIM STAB 2.When mode selector switch is at NORM or SIM STAB 1, SAS SIM test pointis connected to SAS SNSR test point to provide monitoring capability for No.1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitch rate output signal.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-18

Page 36: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NOSE DN/NOSE UPControl

Supplies variable dc simulation signal through selected SIM position of modeselector control, to specific amplifiers selected. Simulation voltages, which areselected by mode selector control and supplied through test set connector J1 toNo. 1 stabilator amplifier, can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM test point. Simu-lation voltages, which are selected by mode selector control and suppliedthrough test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier, can be monitored atSTAB 2 SIM test point. Simulation voltages, which are selected by modeselector control and supplied through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier,can be monitored at SAS SIM test point. Simulation voltages supplied to No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers are within voltage range of −5.0 vdc to 5.0 vdc.From 0 vdc reference, turning control NOSE DN supplies positive voltage out-put from test set to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers and turning controlNOSE UP supplies negative voltage output from test set to No. 1 and No. 2stabilator amplifiers. Simulation voltages supplied to SAS amplifiers are withinvoltage range of −1.0 vdc to 1.0 vdc. From 0 vdc reference, turning controlNOSE DN supplies negative voltage output from test set to SAS amplifier, andturning control NOSE UP supplies positive voltage output from test set to SASamplifier.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-19

Page 37: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

Mode Selector Control NORM supplies No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier-pitch rate gyro outputsignals through test set connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers, respectively. NORM also supplies No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filteredpitch rate output signal through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. Signalfrom No. 1 stabilator amplifier-pitch rate gyro can be monitored at STAB 1SNSR and STAB 1 SIM test points. No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitchrate output signal can be monitored at SAS SNSR and SAS SIM test points.GND supplies ground from test set through connectors J1, J2, and J3 to No. 1stabilator amplifier, No. 2 stabilator amplifier, and SAS amplifier inputs,respectively. These grounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM, STAB 2 SIM,and SAS SIM test points. SIM STAB 1 & 2 supplies variable dc simulationsignal selected by NOSE DN/NOSE UP control through test set connectors J1and J2 to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respectively. These simulationsignals can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM and STAB 2 SIM test points. Thisposition also supplies a ground through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier.This ground can be monitored at SAS SIM test point. SIM STAB 1 suppliesvariable dc simulation signal selected by NOSE DN/NOSE UP control,through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. This simulation sig-nal can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM test point. SIM STAB 1 position alsosupplies No. 1 stabilator amplifier-filtered pitch rate output signal through testset connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This filtered pitch rate signal can be moni-tored at SAS SIM test point. SIM STAB 1 also supplies ground through testset connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. This ground can be monitored atSTAB 2 SIM test point. SIM STAB 2 supplies variable dc simulation signalselected by NOSE DN/NOSE UP control, through test set connector J2 to No.2 stabilator amplifier. This simulation signal can be monitored at STAB 2 SIMtest point. SIM STAB 2 also supplies ground, through test set connectors J1and J3, to No. 1 stabilator amplifier and SAS amplifier, respectively. Thesegrounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM and SAS SIM test points. SIM SAS1 supplies variable dc simulation signal selected by NOSE DN/NOSE UP con-trol, through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This simulation signal canbe monitored at SAS SIM test point. SIM SAS 1 position also supplies groundfrom test set through connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers, respectively. These grounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM andSTAB 2 SIM test points. SIM SAS (WO) supplies variable dc simulation sig-nal selected by NOSE DN/NOSE UP control through test set connector J3 toSAS amplifier. This simulation signal can be monitored at SAS SIM test point.SIM SAS (WO) position also shorts out capacitor in SAS amplifier, allowinggain checks to be done using steady state dc simulation signal from NOSEDN/NOSE UP control. SIM SAS (WO) also supplies ground from test setthrough connectors J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers, respec-tively. These grounds can be monitored at STAB 1 SIM and STAB 2 SIM testpoints.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-20

Page 38: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

RESET Control Pushbutton switch used to simulate reset function of stabilator control/autoflight control panel. When pressed, test set 28 VDC STAB 2 POWER is sup-plied through test set connector J1 and J2, to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator ampli-fiers, respectively. When pressed, test set NO. 1 and NO. 2 RESET indicatorsgo on. RESET control is OFF when not pressed.

MANUAL SLEW 1Control

Simulates No. 1 stabilator manual slew switch function of stabilator control/auto flight control panel. UP supplies test set 28 VDC STAB 1 POWER toturn on NO. 1 SLEW UP indicator and also supplies power through test setconnector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. UP also supplies test set 28 VDCSTAB 1 POWER to turn on NO. 1 HOT slew indicator and also suppliespower through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier. DN suppliestest set 28 VDC STAB 1 POWER to turn on NO. 1 SLEW DN indicator, andalso supplies power through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier.DN also supplies test set 28 VDC STAB 1 POWER to turn on NO. 1 HOTSLEW indicator, and as well supplies power through test set connector J1 toNo. 1 stabilator amplifier. OFF disables simulation of No. 1 stabilator manualslew switch function of stabilator control/auto flight control panel.

MANUAL SLEW 2Control

Simulates No. 2 stabilator manual slew function of stabilator control/auto flightcontrol panel. UP supplies test set 28 VDC STAB 2 POWER to turn on NO. 2SLEW UP indicator, and also supplies power through test set connector J2 toNo. 2 stabilator amplifier. UP also supplies test set 28 VDC STAB 2 POWERto turn on NO. 2 HOT SLEW indicator, and as well supplies power throughtest set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. DN supplies test set 28 VDCSTAB 2 POWER to turn on NO. 2 SLEW DN indicator, and also suppliespower through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier. DN also sup-plies test set 28 VDC STAB 2 POWER to turn on NO. 2 HOT SLEW indica-tor, and as well supplies power through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilatoramplifier. OFF disables simulation of No. 2 stabilator manual slew switchfunction of stabilator control/auto flight control panel.

FAULT MONITORPOSN 1 Control

NORM enables No. 1 stabilator fault monitor shutdown of automatic mode tofunction normally if No. 1 stabilator actuator position miscompare fault shouldexist. INHIBIT supplies ground through test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabila-tor amplifier, preventing shutdown of No. 1 stabilator automatic mode shouldNo. 1 stabilator actuator position miscompare fault exist.

FAULT MONITORPOSN 2 Control

NORM enables No. 2 stabilator fault monitor shutdown of automatic mode tofunction normally if No. 2 stabilator actuator position miscompare fault shouldexist. INHIBIT supplies ground through test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabila-tor amplifier, preventing shutdown of No. 2 stabilator automatic mode, shouldNo. 2 stabilator actuator position miscompare fault exist.

FAULT MONITOR ILIMIT 1 Control

NORM enables No. 1 stabilator amplifier current limit fault monitor circuit tofunction normally if a current sense fault exists. INHIBIT supplies groundthrough test set connector J1 to No. 1 stabilator amplifier, preventing shutdownof No. 1 stabilator automatic mode, should a current sense fault exist.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-21

Page 39: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

FAULT MONITOR ILIMIT 2 Control

NORM enables No. 2 stabilator amplifier current limit fault monitor circuit tofunction normally if a current sense fault exists. INHIBIT supplies groundthrough test set connector J2 to No. 2 stabilator amplifier, preventing shutdownof No. 2 stabilator automatic mode, should a current sense fault exist.

RATE GYRO TESTPITCH 1 Control

MH−60K TEST position supplies 28 vdc to No. 1 pitch rate gyro to providegyro self-test operation.

RATE GYRO TESTPITCH 2 Control

MH−60K TEST position supplies 28 vdc to No. 2 pitch rate gyro to providegyro self-test operation.

RATE GYRO TESTROLL Control

MH−60K TEST position supplies 28 vdc to roll rate gyro to providegyro self-test operation.

RATE GYRO TESTYAW Control

MH−60K TEST position supplies 28 vdc to yaw rate gyro to provide gyroself-test operation.

PITCH 1 TESTMONITOR Test Point

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for No. 1 pitch rate gyro 28 vdcself-test signal.

PITCH 2 TESTMONITOR Test Point

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for No. 2 pitch rate gyro 28 vdcself-test signal.

ROLL TEST MONITORTest Point

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for roll rate gyro 28 vdc self-testsignal.

YAW TEST MONITORTest Point

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for yaw rate gyro 28 vdc self-testsignal.

SELF TEST ENABLETest Point

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for rate gyro self-test enable signalfrom AFCS control panel.

TEST POINTS Provide monitoring capability for functional conditions of stabilator systemoperation. NO. 1 test points relate to No. 1 stabilator amplifier, and NO. 2 testpoints relate to No. 2 stabilator amplifier.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 UPCMD and NO. 1 and NO.2 DN CMD Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers scalingamplifier gated output command signal. Command signal determines whichdrive in driver logic module turns on to command actuator. Each test pointvoltage may be 15 vdc or 0 vdc.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 STABUP and NO. 1 and NO. 2STAB DN Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for voltages supplied by No. 1 and No. 2 stabila-tor amplifiers that will drive No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator actuators. When systemis in manual slew mode, test points have steady 28 vdc. When system is inautomatic mode, test points have 0 vdc to 28 vdc pulse with modulation.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 AUTOENGA Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for 28 vdc engage voltage supplied by No. 1 andNo. 2 stabilator amplifiers as soon as power is applied to helicopter, or whenstabilator is operated in automatic mode. NO. 1 and NO. 2 AUTO ENGA andNO. 1 and NO. 2 AUTO ENGA OS indicators also go on.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 DRVRSPLY Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for 28 vdc from No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifier that will be supplied back to drive amplifiers in No. 1 and No. 2 sta-bilator amplifiers. 28 vdc is available at these test points as soon as power isapplied to helicopter or when stabilator is operated in automatic mode. NO. 1and NO. 2 DRVR SPLY and NO. 1 and NO. 2 DRVR SPLY OS indicatorsalso go on.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-22

Page 40: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 1 and NO. 2 AS SWTest Points

Provide monitoring capability for electronic airspeed switch in No. 1 and No. 2stabilator amplifiers. Each test point voltage is 15 vdc at less than 60 knots and−15 vdc above 60 knots. When simulated airspeed is less than 60 knots, NO. 1and NO. 2 AS SW,60 KNOTS indicators go on.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 ASBFR and NO. 1 and NO.2 AS BFR OS Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier airspeedbuffer amplifier output signals. From 0 to 30 knots of simulated airspeed, testpoints will be 0 vdc. From 30 to 150 knots of simulated airspeed, test pointvoltage will increase linearly to 10.6 vdc. Signal from NO. 1 AS BFR testpoint is supplied to NO. 2 AS BFR OS test point. Signal from NO. 2 AS BFRtest point is supplied to NO. 1 AS BFR OS test point.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 PRATE FLTR Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier pitchrate filter output signals. Voltage monitored at these test points will be equalvoltage but opposite polarity to voltage selected by PITCH RATE GYROsimulator when mode selector control is turned to SIM STAB 1 & 2.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 LATLACCLRM FLTR TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier lateralaccelerometer filter output signals. Voltage monitored at these test points willbe four times greater, with a maximum of 15 vdc, than voltage selected byLATL ACCLRM simulator when mode selector control is turned to SIMSTAB 1 & 2.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 26VAC Test Point

Provide monitoring capability for 26 vac supplied by No. 1 and No. 2 stabila-tor amplifiers which is used as excitation for fan in each amplifier and pitchrate gyro.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 SIGGND Test Points

Provide No. 1 and No. 2 signal ground reference monitoring capability.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 +15VDC and −15 VDC TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier powersupply + and −15 vdc.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 PWRGND Test Points

Provide No. 1 and No. 2 power ground reference monitoring capability.

TEST Test Point Provides monitoring capability for 15 vdc when TEST switch on stabilatorcontrol/auto flt control panel is pressed.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 INTLK28 Test Points

Provide monitoring capability for 28 vdc power interlock voltage from No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers when amplifiers are electrically connected andhelicopter dc electrical power is applied to Stabilator Units. No. 1 and No. 2INTLK 28 and No. 1 and No. 2 INTLK 28 OS indicators also go on.

NO. 1 and NO. 2COMPT TST (+) TestPoints

UH−60A UH−60L EH−60A UH−60Q , provide monitoring capabil-ity for actuator window positive comparator testing.

NO. 1 and NO. 2COMPT TST (−) TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for actuator window negative comparator testing.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 BFRAS SNSR Test Points

Provide monitoring and testing capabilities of airspeed buffer.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-23

Page 41: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 1 and NO. 2 BFRACTR POSN Test Points

Provide monitoring and testing capabilities of actuator position buffer.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 ACTRPOSN (OS) Test Points

Provide monitoring and testing capabilities of opposite actuator position buffer.Signal from NO. 1 BFR ACTR POSN test point is supplied to NO. 2 ACTRPOSN (OS) test point. Signal from NO. 2 BFR ACTR POSN test point is sup-plied to NO. 1 ACTR POSN (OS) test point.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 ILIMIT SWITCHED TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier currentsense fault monitor circuit output signals when FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 1and 2 controls are at NORM. When FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 1 and 2 con-trols are at INHIBIT, NO. 1 and NO. 2 I LIMIT SWITCHED test points pro-vide monitoring of grounds supplied by test set to No. 1 and No. 2 stabilatoramplifiers to disable current sense fault monitor circuits.

MH-60K NO. 1 and NO.2 COMPTR TST (+) TestPoints

MH−60K , provide monitoring capability for actuator window positive com-parator testing.

MH-60K NO. 1 and NO.2 26VAC ø2 Test Points

MH−60K , provide monitoring capability for 26 vac ø2 supplied by No. 1and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers which is used in each pitch rate gyro.

INDICATORS Go on and off to indicate functional conditions of stabilator system operation.NO. 1 indicators relate to No. 1 stabilator amplifier and NO. 2 indicators relateto No. 2 stabilator amplifier.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 SLEWUP, NO. 1 and NO. 2SLEW DN, and HOTSLEW Indicators

HOT SLEW indicators go on to indicate manual slew switch on stabilatorcontrol/auto flight control panel is being used and that stabilator system is inmanual mode. SLEW UP or SLEW DN indicators go on to indicate directionof slewing command.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 RESETIndicators

Go on to indicate reset switch on stabilator control/auto flight control panel ispressed.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 AUTOENGA and NO. 1 andNO. 2 AUTO ENGA OSIndicators

Go on to indicate stabilator is operating in automatic mode. Power that turnson NO. 1 AUTO ENGA indicator also turns on NO. 2 AUTO ENGA OS indi-cator. Power that turns on NO. 2 AUTO ENGA indicator also turns on NO. 1AUTO ENGA OS indicator.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 DRVRSPLY and NO. 1 and NO.2 DRVR SPLY OS Indi-cators

Go on to indicate No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifier-driver amplifiers arebeing supplied 28 vdc power. Power that turns on NO. 1 DRVR SPLY indica-tor also turns on NO. 2 DRVR SPLY OS indicator. Power that turns on NO. 2DRVR SPLY indicator also turns on NO. 1 DRVR SPLY OS indicator.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 UPLIMIT and NO. 1 andNO. 2 STAB UP Indica-tors

STAB UP indicators go on, indicating stabilator trailing edge is moving up.UP LIMIT indicators go on indicating stabilator has reached maximumup-limit. When stabilator up-limit is reached and UP LIMIT indicators go on,STAB UP indicators go off.

NO. 1 and NO. 2 STABDN and NO. 1 and NO. 2DN LIMIT Indicators

STAB DN indicators go on, indicating stabilator trailing edge is moving down.DN LIMIT indicators go on indicating stabilator has reached maximum down-limit. When stabilator down-limit is reached and DN LIMIT indicators go on,STAB DN indicators go off.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-24

Page 42: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

NO. 1 and NO. 2 AS SW,60 KNOTS Indicators

Go on to indicate simulated airspeed is less than 60 knots. When indicators areon, 15 vdc can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 AS SW test points. Whenindicators are off, −15 vdc can be monitored at NO. 1 and NO. 2 AS SW testpoints.

No. 1 and No. 2 INTLK28 and No. 1 and No. 2INTLK 28 OS Indicators

Go on when No. 1 and No. 2 stabilator amplifiers are electrically connectedand helicopter dc electrical power is applied to stabilator system. Power thatturns on No. 1 INTLK 28 indicator also turns on No. 2 INTLK OS indicator.Power that turns on No. 2 INTLK 28 indicator also turns on No. 1 INTLK 28OS indicator. When indicators are on, 28 vdc can be monitored at No. 1 andNo. 2 INTLK 28 vdc test points.

ENGAGE 1 Indicator Goes on to indicate stabilator control/auto flight control panel SAS 1 switch isengaged and stability augmentation system (SAS) amplifier is installed. Poweris supplied from helicopter dc electrical power system, through engaged posi-tion of control panel SAS 1 switch, through SAS amplifier, and through testset connector J3 to ENGAGE 1 indicator. Pressing test set LAMP TEST but-ton also causes ENGAGE 1 indicator to go on.

ENGAGE 2 Indicator Goes on to indicate stabilator control/auto flight control panel SAS 2 switch isengaged. Power is supplied from helicopter dc electrical power system, throughengaged position of control panel SAS 2 switch, and through test set connectorJ3 to ENGAGE 2 indicator. Pressing test set LAMP TEST button also causesENGAGE 2 indicator to go on.

AIRSPEED SWITCHSimulator

Provides capability for simulating and visual monitoring of airspeed logic com-mands. These commands are used for testing coordinated turn function of SASamplifier yaw channel.

,60 KNOTS Indicator Goes on to indicate that simulated or monitored airspeed is less than 60 knots.When mode selector control is placed to,60 KNOTS, 15 vdc from test setpower supply controls circuitry in test set, allowing 28 vdc from test set 28VDC SAS circuit breaker to turn on indicator. When mode selector control isplaced to,60 KNOTS, 15 vdc is also supplied through test set connector J3to SAS amplifier. When mode selector control is placed to NORM, No. 1 sta-bilator amplifier airspeed switch logic is supplied through test set connector J3,through NORM of mode selector switch, and back through connector J3 toSAS amplifier. If No. 1 stabilator amplifier airspeed switch logic is +15 vdc,,60 KNOTS indicator goes on. Pressing test set LAMP TEST button alsocauses indicator to go on.

Mode Selector Control NORM supplies No. 1 stabilator amplifier airspeed switch logic commandsthrough test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. If logic command is 15 vdc(,60 knots), circuitry in test set allows 28 vdc from test set 28 VDC SAS cir-cuit breakers to turn on,60 KNOTS indicator.,60 KNOTS supplies 15 vdcfrom test set power supply through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. Inthis position, 15 vdc also controls circuitry in test set allowing 28 vdc fromtest set 28 VDC SAS circuit breaker to turn on,60 KNOTS indicator. >60KNOTS supplies −15 vdc from test set power supply through test set connec-tor J3 to SAS amplifier.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-25

Page 43: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

YAW RATE Simulator Provides capability for simulating SAS amplifier dc yaw rate output signals.This simulation signal is used for testing rate/lagged rate and washout func-tions of SAS amplifier yaw channel. SAS amplifier dc yaw rate output can bemonitored at test set YAW RATE test point.

SIM Test Point Provides monitoring capability for SAS amplifier dc yaw rate simulation sig-nal. When mode selector switch is at SIM 1 or SIM 2, SIM test point is con-nected to YAW RATE TESTtest point.

L/R Control Supplies variable dc simulation signals through selected positions of modeselector control to SAS amplifier. From 0 vdc reference, turning control L sup-plies negative voltage to SIM test point, and turning control R supplies posi-tive voltage to SIM test point. Control can be turned 10 complete turns fromeach mechanical stop.

Mode Selector Control NORM position disconnects variable dc simulation signal selected by L/R con-trol from SAS amplifier. When control is moved from SIM 1 to NORM, onepolarity of bipolar gain of SAS amplifier washout function can be checked.SIM 1 connects SIM test point to YAW RATE TEST test point. When controlis moved from SIM 2 to SIM 1, one polarity of bipolar gain of SAS amplifierwashout function can be checked. SIM 2 bypasses SAS amplifier washoutfunction, allowing proportional gain of rate/lag rate function of SAS amplifierto be checked using L/R control. Bipolar gain check of SAS amplifier washoutfunction can be done by selecting steady state dc simulation voltage, using L/Rcontrol with mode selector control at SIM 2 and monitoring decay time ofSAS amplifier response when mode selector control is moved to SIM 1 andthen to NORM. SIM 2 also connects SIM test point to YAW RATE TESTtestpoint.

ROLL ATT Simulator Provides capability for simulating or monitoring No. 2 vertical gyro-roll three-wire output signal. This simulation signal is used for testing stability augmen-tation system (SAS) amplifier roll proportional, derived rate, and rate/laggedrate plus proportional functions.

X, Y, and Z SNSR TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for three-wire roll signal output of No. 2 verticalgyro. When mode selector control is at NORM, X, Y, and Z SNSR test pointsare connected to X, Y, and Z SIM test points, respectively.

X, Y, and Z SIM TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for No. 2 vertical gyro-roll three-wire outputsimulation signal when mode selector control is at SIM 1 or SIM 2. Whenmode selector control is at NORM, X, Y, and Z SIM test points are connectedto X, Y, and Z SNSR test points, respectively.

Synchro Transmitter Supplies variable three-phase ac simulation signal through SIM 1 and SIM 2 ofmode selector control, and through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. Thissimulation signal can be monitored at X, Y, and Z SIM test points.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-26

Page 44: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

CAUTION

The synchro transmitter control is a precision instrument that contains a slipclutch and an 18 to 1 reduction mechanism between the outer (fine) dial andthe inner (coarse) dial. Use care to avoid over torquing this mechanism whichwill result in activation of the slip clutch and loss of calibration between innerand outer dials. Always use outer dial when adjusting to a specific degreessetting. If it is necessary to use inner dial, MAKE SURE to turn dial using aslow, smooth, continuous motion.

Mode Selector Control NORM position supplies three-wire roll signal output of No. 2 vertical gyrothrough test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. This signal can be monitored atX, Y, and Z SIM test points. SIM 1 supplies variable three-phase ac simulationsignal selected by synchro transmitter control through test set connector J3 toSAS amplifier. This simulation signal can be monitored at X, Y, and Z SIMtest points. SIM 2 jumpers DC ROLL ATT and ROLL RATE TESTtest pointstogether and supplies variable three-phase ac simulation signal selected by syn-chro transmitter control through test set connector J3 to SAS amplifier. Thissimulation signal can be monitored at X, Y, and Z SIM test points.

TEST POINTS Provide monitoring capability for functional conditions of SAS system opera-tion.

P VALVE HI/LO TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for resistance and voltage measurements of pitchSAS valve in pitch/trim assembly.

R VALVE HI/LO TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for resistance and voltage measurements of rollSAS valve, in roll actuator.

Y VALVE HI/LO TestPoints

Provide monitoring capability for resistance and voltage measurements of yawSAS valve, in yaw boost servo.

TURN RATE COILHI/LO Test Points

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for amplified SAS amplifier yawrate gyro output.

DC ROLL ATT TestPoint

Provides monitoring capability for transformed roll attitude from SAS ampli-fier. Three-wire simulation signal is supplied by test set ROLL ATT simulatorto SAS amplifier. SAS amplifier changes three-wire ac to two-wire dc. Ampli-tude of dc (transformed roll attitude) is directly proportional to amount ofdegrees of roll attitude displacement simulated by ROLL ATT simulator.When ROLL ATT simulator mode selector control is placed to SIM 2, DCROLL ATT test point is connected to ROLL RATE TESTtest point.

ROLL RATE TEST TestPoint

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for simulated SAS amplifierderived rate signal. When test set ROLL ATT simulator mode selector controlis placed to SIM 2, ROLL RATE TEST test point is connected to DC ROLLATT test point.

ROLL RATE Test Point MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for SAS amplifier derived rate sig-nal.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-27

Page 45: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 2-1. Operator’s Controls. (Cont)CONTROL, INDICA-TOR, TEST POINT, ORCONNECTOR FUNCTION

YAW RATE TEST TestPoint

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for simulated SAS amplifier-dcyaw rate gyro signal. When test set YAW RATE simulator mode selectorswitch is placed to SIM 1 or SIM 2, YAW RATE TEST test point is con-nected to YAW RATE SIM test point.

YAW RATE Test Point MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for SAS amplifier-dc yaw rate gyrooutput.

YAW 26VAC REF TestPoint

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for 26 vac yaw demodulator refer-ence derived in SAS amplifier.

ROLL 26VAC REF TestPoint

MH−60K Provides monitoring capability for 26 vac roll demodulator refer-ence derived in SAS amplifier.

SAS SIG REF PITCHand ROLL/YAW TestPoints

Provides monitoring capability for command reference supplied by SAS ampli-fier power supply. These test points are about 12.0 vdc relative to powerground.

Computer Test PointPanel

UH−60A UH−60L EH−60A EH60A UH−60Q Provides testpoints for monitoring SAS/FPS computer. Each test point labeling correspondsto pin letters on SAS/FPS computer connectors J111, J121, and J139. Testpoint panel also provides connectors J4, J5, and J6, which are used with cableassemblies W4, W5, and W3 to connect test set to SAS/FPS computer.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-28

Page 46: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

2.2 General 2-30

2.3 Inspections 2-30

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-29

Page 47: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

2.2. GENERAL.

Preventive maintenance checks and services consistof a visual inspection to be done at each operation ofthe test set, operational check, any troubleshootingrequired, and the repair required to correct any mal-functions. If your equipment does not operate, trouble-

shoot with proper equipment. Report any deficienciesusing the proper forms, see DA Pam 738-750.

2.3. INSPECTIONS.

Do inspections as shown in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2. Operator/Aviation Unit Maintenance Checks and Services.

Within designated interval, these checks are tobe done in the order listed.

B- BeforeD- DuringA- After

Item No. Interval Item to be inspected ProceduresCheck for and have repaired

or adjusted as necessary

Equipment is not ready/available if:

1 B, A Cables Check for broken wires, burnedinsulation, damage or dirt in connectors.

2 B Controls and Switches Positive action and freedom of movement

3 D Indicator Lights Check operation of lights

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-30

Page 48: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION III.

OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

2.4 Assembly and Preparation for Use 2-32

2.5 Operation Procedure 2-32

2.6 Locally Made Test Cable 2-32

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-31

Page 49: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

2.4. ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FORUSE.

a. When received, SSLTS is packaged in two cor-rugated cardboard cartons. The cable case assemblycarton is 78.74 cm (31 inches) long by 58.42 cm (23inches) wide by 33.02 cm (13 inches) deep. The vol-ume of the carton is 0.16 cubic meters (5.4 cubic feet).The total weight of the carton when packed for ship-ment is about 24.3 kg (54 pounds). The test set cartonis 68.58 cm (27 inches) long by 55.88 cm (22 inches)wide by 48.26 cm (19 inches) deep. The volume ofthe carton is 0.19 cubic meters (6.5 cubic feet). Thetotal weight of the carton when packed for shipment isabout 26.5 kg (59 pounds). A typical shipping cartonand contents are shown in Figure 2–2.

b. Removing Contents.

(1) Cut or remove gummed tape from top ofcarton, and open top of carton.

(2) Remove polyethylene cushioning mate-rial from top of carton.

(3) Lift carrying case from carton andremove remaining polyethylene cushion-ing material.

c. Checking Unpacked Equipment.

NOTE

To open the test set, release air pressureby opening the air release valve.

(1) Inspect the equipment for damagecaused during shipment. If the equip-

ment has been damaged, report the dam-age on SF 364 in accordance withinstructions in AR 735-11-2.

(2) Check the equipment against the compo-nent listing and the packing slip to see ifthe shipment is complete. Report all dis-crepancies per instructions of DA Pam738-750. The equipment should beplaced in service even though a minorassembly or part that does not affectproper functioning is missing.

(3) Check to see whether the equipment hasbeen modified. (Equipment that has beenmodified will have the MWO number onthe front panel, near the nomenclatureplate.) Check also to see whether all cur-rently applicable MWOs have beenapplied. (Current MWOs applicable tothe equipment are listed in DA Pam310-1.)

2.5. OPERATION PROCEDURE.

Test set, stabilization system will operate in the heli-copter environment by connecting the test set to theSAS/FPS computer, either or both stabilator amplifi-ers, and/or the SAS amplifier. Follow the instructionsprovided in MH60K TM 11-1520-250-20,

UH60A UH60L TM 11-1520-237-23 orEH60A TM 11-1520-249-23-2.

2.6. LOCALLY MADE TEST CABLE.

Locally make test set cable for operational checkout.Instructions for manufacture of locally made test cableare listed in Appendix D.

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-32

Page 50: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAA1236

GUMMED TAPE

POLYETHYLENECUSHIONINGMATERIAL

POLYETHYLENECUSHIONINGMATERIAL

FIBERBOARDCARTON

TEST SET,STABILIZATIONSYSTEM

Figure 2-2. Typical Packaging

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-33

Page 51: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TEST UNIT

DC POWER SUPPLY

LOCALLY−MADE CABLE

(115 VAC 400 HzAC OUTLET)

(0−40 VDC)

J1

J2

P1

P2

P3J3

(+) (−)

SAAA2548

POWER SOURCE

Figure 2-3. Test Setup Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

2-34

Page 52: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CHAPTER 3

GENERAL SUPPORT

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

SECTION TITLE PAGE

I Lubrication Instructions 3-3

II Troubleshooting Procedures 3-5

III Maintenance Procedures 3-41

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-1/(3-2 Blank)

Page 53: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 54: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION I.

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

3.1 Lubrication of Equipment 3-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-3

Page 55: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

3.1. LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT.

No lubrication of equipment is required.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-4

Page 56: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II.

TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

3.2 Scope 3-6

3.2.1 General 3-6

3.2.2 Malfunctions Not Listed 3-6

3.3 Troubleshooting Test Set 3-6

3.3.1 General 3-6

3.3.2 Troubleshooting 3-6

3.4 Testing Upper Panel Assembly 3-6

3.5 Testing Lower Panel Assembly 3-6

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-5

Page 57: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

3.2. SCOPE.

3.2.1. General. This section contains aviationintermediate maintenance troubleshooting or malfunc-tion information and tests for locating and correctingmost of the troubles which may occur in the test set.Each test procedure provides indications wherebyportions of a circuit are proven acceptable or trouble-shooting can be done. Troubleshooting is directlyrelated to test procedures to assist in isolating a spe-cific subassembly or component malfunction. Refer toChapter 5 for disassembly and assembly procedures.

3.2.2. Malfunctions Not Listed. This manualcannot list all possible malfunctions which may occuror all tests or inspections and corrective actions. If amalfunction is not listed (except when malfunctionand cause are obvious), or is not corrected by listedcorrective actions, you shall notify higher level main-tenance. You shall do the test/inspections and correc-tive actions in the order listed.

3.3. TROUBLESHOOTING TEST SET.

3.3.1. General. In the test procedures below, donot make electrical connections or apply power to thetest set unless instructed to do so. Standard test equip-ment is listed in Appendix B, section III.

3.3.2. Troubleshooting. Table 3-2. containstroubleshooting and malfunction information and testfor locating and correcting most of the troubles whichmay occur in the test set, stabilization system.

3.4. TESTING UPPER PANEL ASSEMBLY.

Check for continuity between connector pins and testpoint connections listed in Table 3-1. Refer to Figure2-1. for operator’s control diagram. If continuity doesnot exist, repair wiring, Figure 5–8.

3.5. TESTING LOWER PANEL ASSEMBLY.

Table 3-2. lists common malfunctions that you mayfind during the operation or maintenance of the testset or its components. You shall do the tests/inspections and corrective actions in the order listed.Each malfunction or trouble symptom for an indi-vidual component, unit, or system is followed by a listof testing/checkout procedures necessary for deter-mining probable cause of malfunction. Correctiveactions are listed below the testing/checkout proce-dure when an operational check is not as specified.See Figure 5-10. for lower panel assembly schematicdiagram. Refer to Figure 5–9. for lower panel assem-bly wiring diagram.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-6

Page 58: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 3-1. Upper Panel Assembly Continuity Test

WIRE NO. FROM TO1-22 J4-A J111-A2-22 J4-B J111-B3-22 J4-C J111-C4-22 J4-D J111-D5-22 J4-E J111-E6-22 J4-F J111-F117B-20 J4-G J139-G8-22 J4-H J111-H9-22 J4-J J111-J10-22 J4-K J111-K11-22 J4-L J111-L12-22 J4-M J111-M13-22 J4-N J111-N14-22 J4-P J111-P15-22 J4-R J111-R

* J4-S17-22 J4-T J111-T

* J4-U19-22 J4-V J111-V20-22 J4-W J111-W21-22 J4-X J111-X22-22 J4-Y J111-Y23-22 J4-Z J111-Z24-22 J4-a J111-A25-22 J4-b J111-B26-22 J4-c J111-C27-22 J4-d J111-D28-22 J4-e J111-E29-22 J4-f J111-F30-22 J4-g J111-G31-22 J4-h J111-H32-22 J4-i J111-I33-22 J4-j J111-J

* J4-k* J4-m* J4-n

37-22 J4-p J111-P38-22 J4-q J111-Q39-22 J4-r J111-R40-22 J4-s J111-S41-22 J4-t J111-T42-22 J4-u J111-U43-22 J4-v J111-V

WIRE NO. FROM TO44-22 J4-w J111-W45-22 J4-x J111-X

* J4-y47-22 J4-z J111-Z

* J4-AA49-22 J4-BB J111-BB50-22 J4-CC J111-CC51-22 J4-DD J111-DD52-22 J4-EE J111-EE53-22 J4-FF J111-FF54-22 J4-GG J111-GG55-22 J4-HH J111-HH56-22 J5-A J121-A

* J5-B58-22 J5-C J121-C59-22 J5-D J121-D60-22 J5-E J121-E61-22 J5-F J121-F117A-20 J5-G J139-G63-22 J5-H J121-H

* J5-J65-22 J5-K J121-K66-22 J5-L J121-L67-22 J5-M J121-M68-22 J5-N J121-N69-22 J5-P J121-P70-22 J5-R J121-R71-22 J5-S J121-S72-22 J5-T J121-T73-22 J5-U J121-U74-22 J5-V J121-V75-22 J5-W J121-W76-22 J5-X J121-X77-22 J5-Y J121-Y78-22 J5-Z J121-Z79-22 J5-a J121-A80-22 J5-b J121-B81-22 J5-c J121-C82-22 J5-d J121-D83-22 J5-e J121- E84-22 J5-f J121-F85-22 J5-g J121-G86-22 J5-h J121-H87-22 J5-i J121-I88-22 J5-j J121-J

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-7

Page 59: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 3-1. Upper Panel Assembly Continuity Test(Cont)

WIRE NO. FROM TO89-22 J5-k J121-K90-22 J5-m J121-M91-22 J5-n J121-N92-22 J5-p J121-P93-22 J5-q J121-Q94-22 J5-r J121-R

* J5-s96-22 J5-t J121-T97-22 J5-u J121-U98-22 J5-v J121-V99-22 J5-w J121-W100-22 J5-x J121-X101-22 J5-y J121-Y

* J5-z103-22 J5-AA J121-AA104-22 J5-BB J121-BB

WIRE NO. FROM TO105-22 J5-CC J121-CC106-22 J5-DD J121-DD

* J5-EE108-22 J5-FF J121-FF109-22 J5-GG J121-GG110-22 J5-HH J121-HH111-22 J6-A J139-A112-22 J6-B J139-B113-22 J6-C J139-C114-20 J6-D J139-D114A-20 E1 J139-D115-20 J6-E J139-E116-20 J6-F J139-F117-20 J6-G J139-G118-20 J6-H J139-H

*Connector contact not used.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-8

Page 60: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-2. POWER 115 VAC 400 Hz STAB 1, STAB 2, And SAS Indicator Lights Do Not GoOn When Facility Power Is Applied To Test Set.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place all test set mode selector controls to OFF or NORM. Go to 2

2. Place AIRSPEED SWITCH mode selector control to greater than (>) 60 KNOTS.Go to 3

3. Place SCALING AMPL STAB 1 & 2 SINGLE control to STAB 1 & 2. Go to 4.

4. Pull out all test set circuit breakers. Go to 5.

5. Connect P1, P2, and P3 of locally made cable to test set connectors J1, J2, and J3 oftest set as shown in Figure 2-3. Go to 6

6. Apply 28 vdc and 115 vac power to test set. POWER 115 VAC 400 Hz STAB 1,STAB 2, and SAS indicator lights shall go on. Go to 7.

7. If indicator lights do not go on, replace lamp (DS4, DS5, and/or DS6).

TABLE NO. 3-3. POWER 28 VDC STAB 1 Indicator Light Does Not Go On When Power 28 VDCSTAB 1 Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Check for 27.56 0.5 vdc between 28 VDC STAB1 and PWR GND test jacks.

Step 1. If voltage is present, replace lamp DS3.Step 2. If voltage is not present, replace circuit breaker CB3.

TABLE NO. 3-4. POWER 28 VDC STAB 2 Indicator Light Does Not Go On When POWER 28 VDCSTAB 2 Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Check for 27.56 0.5 vdc between 28 VDC STAB2 and PWR GND test jacks.

Step 1. If voltage is present, replace lamp DS2 and retest.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-9

Page 61: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-4. POWER 28 VDC STAB 2 Indicator Light Does Not Go On When POWER 28 VDCSTAB 2 Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If voltage is not present, replace circuit breaker CB2.

TABLE NO. 3-5. POWER 28 VDC SAS Indicator Light Does Not Go On When POWER 28 VDC SASCircuit Breaker Is Pushed In.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Check for 27.56 0.5 vdc between 28 VDC SAS and PWR GND test jacks.

Step 1. If voltage is present, replace lamp DS1.Step 2. If voltage is not present, replace circuit breaker CB1.

TABLE NO. 3-6. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −15.156 0.15 Vdc When POWER 115 VAC 400 HzTest Set Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

The test set has separate grounds, identifiedas PWR GND and SIG GND, which are notconnected inside the test set. Ground circuitsare switched through relay K1, contacts B1and B3. A burnt or open contact will cause

erroneous indication at ac input of PS1.

1. Disconnect connector P1 of locally made cable from connector J1 of test set.Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between POWER +15 VDC and SIG GND test jacks. Go to 3.

3. Push in POWER 115 VAC 400 Hz TEST SET circuit breaker. Go to 4.

4. Multimeter shall indicate 15 6 0.15 vdc.

Step 1. If voltage is present, go to11.Step 2. If voltage is not present, go to5.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-10

Page 62: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-6. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −15.156 0.15 Vdc When POWER 115 VAC 400 HzTest Set Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

5. Check for 115 vac between the ac terminals of PS1.

Step 1. If voltage is present, go to11.Step 2. If voltage is not present, go to6.

6. Check continuity of Filter FL1.

Step 1. If continuity is present, go to7.Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace FL1.

7. Check continuity of CB4.

Step 1. If continuity is present, go to8.Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace CB4.

8. Check continuity through contacts A2 and A3 of relay K1.

Step 1. If continuity is present, go to9.Step 2. If continuity is not present, replace K1.

9. Check continuity between contact A3 of relay K1 and J3-A.

Step 1. If continuity is present, go to10.Step 2. If continuity is not present, repair/replace wiring as required.

10. Check ac return through contacts B2 and B3 of relay K1.

Step 1. If ac return is present, go to15.Step 2. If ac return is not present, replace K1.

11. Check PS1 for 156 0.15 vdc.

Step 1. If voltage is low, go to12.

12. Disconnect lead to + terminal of PS1. Go to 13.

13. Connect multimeter + lead to + terminal of PS1 and − lead to T/C terminal of PS1.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 156 0.15 vdc, go to14.Step 2. If multimeter does not indicate 156 0.15 vdc, replace PS1.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-11

Page 63: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-6. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −15.156 0.15 Vdc When POWER 115 VAC 400 HzTest Set Circuit Breaker Is Pushed In. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

14. Connect multimeter + lead to − terminal of PS1 and − lead to T/C terminal of PS1.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates −156 0.15 vdc, trouble is elsewhere. Go to15.Step 2. If multimeter does not indicate −156 0.15 vdc, replace PS1.

15. Pull out POWER 115 VAC 400 Hz TEST SET circuit breaker.

TABLE NO. 3-7. All STABILATOR And SAS SYSTEM Indicators Do Not Go On When LAMPTEST Switch Is Pressed And Held And Indicators Do Not Go Off When LAMP TEST Switch Is

Released.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Press and hold LAMP TEST control and check that all STABILATOR INDICA-TORS and SAS indicators go on.

Step 1. If all indicator lamps are on, go to5.Step 2. If all indicator lamps are off, go to3.Step 3. If all STABILATOR INDICATOR lamps are off, go to2.Step 4. If all SAS indicator lamps are off, go to3.Step 5. If one or more indicator lamps are off, go to4.

2. Check filter FL4 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, go to3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace filter FL4.

3. Check switch S24 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component on board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S24.

4. Check for malfunctioning lamps.

Step 1. If any lamps are malfunctioning, replace lamps.Step 2. If all lamps are good, replace component on board assembly A3.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-12

Page 64: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-7. All STABILATOR And SAS SYSTEM Indicators Do Not Go On When LAMP TESTSwitch Is Pressed And Held And Indicators Do Not Go Off When LAMP TEST Switch Is Released. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

5. Release LAMP TEST control and check that all STABILATOR INDICATORS andSAS indicators go off. Go to 6.

6. If lamps do not go off, replace switch S24.

TABLE NO. 3-8. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 10.226 0.35 Vdc When SCALING AMPL NO. 1 Con-trol Is Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −10.226 0.35 Vdc When SCALING

AMPL NO. 1 Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place SCALING AMPL STAB 1&2/SINGLE control to SINGLE. Go to 2.

2. Place SCALING AMPL NO. 1 control to SIM. Go to 3.

3. Connect multimeter between SCALING AMPL SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 4.

4. Turn SCALING AMPL NO. 1 control through its range from fully counterclockwise(DN) to fully clockwise (UP). Multimeter shall indicate 10.226 0.35 vdc when SCAL-ING AMPL NO. 1 control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate −10.226 0.35vdc when SCALING AMPL NO. 1 control is fully clockwise. Multimeter shall indicatea continuously adjust-able voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to5.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to6.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from 10.57 to −10.57 vdc, replace

potentiometer R5.

5. Check switch S5 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, go to6.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S5.

6. Connect multimeter between terminal 2 of potentiometer R5 and signal ground.Go to 7.

7. Turn SCALING AMPL NO. 1 control through its range from fully counterclockwise(DN) to fully clockwise (UP). multimeter shall indicate 10 and -10 vdc.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-13

Page 65: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-8. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 10.22 6 0.35 Vdc When SCALING AMPL NO. 1Control Is Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −10.226 0.35 Vdc When SCALING

AMPL NO. 1 Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If multimeter indication is correct, replace circuit board assembly A1.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A4.

TABLE NO. 3-9. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 10.226 0.35 Vdc When SCALING AMPL NO. 2 Con-trol Is Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −10.226 0.35 Vdc When SCALING

AMPL NO. 2 Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place SCALING AMPL NO. 2 control to SIM. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between SCALING AMPL SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 3.

3. Turn SCALING AMPL NO. 2 control through its range from fully counterclockwise(DN) to fully clockwise (UP). Multimeter shall indicate 10.226 0.35 vdc when SCAL-ING AMPL NO. 2 control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate −10.226 0.35vdc when SCALING AMPL NO. 2 control is fully clockwise. Multimeter shall indicatea continuously adjust-able voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to5.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from 10.57 to −10.57 vdc, replace

potentiometer R4.

4. Check switch S4 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, go to5.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S4.

5. Connect multimeter between terminal 2 of potentiometer R4 and signal ground.Go to 6.

6. Turn SCALING AMPL NO. 2 control through its range from fully counterclockwise(DN) to fully clockwise (UP). Multimeter shall indicate -10 and 10 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is correct, replace circuit board assembly A1.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A4.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-14

Page 66: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-10. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 10.226 0.35 Vdc When STAB 1&2/SINGLE SwitchIs Placed To STAB 1&2 And Does Not Indicate −10.226 0.3.5 Vdc When STAB 1&2/SINGLE Switch

Is Placed To SINGLE.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place SCALING AMPL NO. 1 control fully counterclockwise (DN). Go to 2.

2. Place SCALING AMPL NO. 2 control fully clockwise (UP). Go to 3.

3. Connect multimeter between SCALING AMPL SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 4.

4. Place SCALING AMPL STAB 1&2/SINGLE control to STAB 1&2 and then toSINGLE. Multimeter shall indicate 10.22 6 0.35 vdc when SCALING AMPL STAB1&2/SINGLE control is at STAB 1&2 and shall indicate −10.22 6 0.35 vdc whenSCALING AMPL STAB 1&2/SINGLE control is at SINGLE. Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S6.

TABLE NO. 3-11. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 7.166 0.74 Vdc When CLTV STICK POSN ControlIs Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −7.166 0.74 Vdc When CLTV STICK POSN

Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place CLTV STICK POSN control to SIM STAB 1. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between CLTV STICK POSN SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 3.

3. Turn CLTV STICK POSN control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise(DN) to fully clockwise (UP). Multimeter shall indicate 7.166 0.74 vdc when CLTVSTICK POSN control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate −7.166 0.74 vdcwhen CLTV STICK POSN control is fully clockwise. Multimeter shall indicate a con-tinuously adjustable voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from 7.90 to −7.90 vdc, replace

potentiometer R3.

4. Check switch S3 for continuity.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-15

Page 67: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-11. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 7.166 0.74 Vdc When CLTV STICK POSN ControlIs Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −7.166 0.74 Vdc When CLTV STICK POSN

Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A4.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S3.

TABLE NO. 3-12. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 1.06 0.2 Vdc When CLTV STICK POSN Switch IsPlaced To SIM STAB 2.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place CLTV STICK POSN control to SIM STAB 1. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between CLTV STICK POSN SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 3.

3. Turn CLTV STICK POSN control to a multimeter indication of 1.0 vdc. Go to 4.

4. Connect multimeter between CLTV STICK POSN SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 5.

5. Place CLTV STICK POSN control to SIM STAB 1&2 and then to SIM STAB 2.Multimeter shall indicate 1.0 6 0.2 vdc when CLTV STICK POSN control is at STAB1&2 and shall indicate 1.0 6 0.2 vdc when CLTV STICK POSN control is at SIMSTAB 2. Go to 6.

6. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S3.

TABLE NO. 3-13. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 2.36 0.1 Vdc With AS SENSOR Switch Placed ToSIM STAB 2 Or To SIM STAB 1.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 2. Multimeter shall indicate 2.36 0.1 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to3.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to4.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-16

Page 68: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-13. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 2.3 6 0.1 Vdc With AS SENSOR Switch Placed ToSIM STAB 2 Or To SIM STAB 1. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

3. Check switch S2 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S2.

4. Connect multimeter between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 5.

5. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 1. Multimeter shall indicate 2.36 0.1 vdc.Go to 6.

6. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, replace switch S2.

TABLE NO. 3-14. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 0 6 0.15 Vdc When AS SENSOR Control Is TurnedFully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate 12.26 1.25 Vdc When AS SENSOR Control Is Turned

Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 3.

3. Turn AS SENSOR control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (DECR)to fully clockwise (INCR). Multimeter shall indicate 0 6 0.15 vdc when AS SENSORcontrol is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate 12.26 1.25 vdc when AS SENSORcontrol is fully clockwise. Multimeter shall indicate a continuously adjustable voltagefrom counter-clockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A4.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from −0.15 to 13.45 vdc, replace

potentiometer R2.

4. Check switch S2 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-17

Page 69: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-15. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 0 6 0.2 Vdc When AS SENSOR Switch Is Placed ToSIM STAB 2 Or To STAB 1.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn AS SENSOR control to a multimeter indication of 1.0 vdc. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 3.

3. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 2. Multimeter shall indicate 06 0.2 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, replace switch S2.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A2.

4. Connect multimeter between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 5.

5. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 1&2. Multimeter shall indicate 06 0.2vdc. Go to 6.

6. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S2.

TABLE NO. 3-16. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −13.56 0.15 Vdc When ACTR POSN Control IsTurned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate 13.56 0.15 Vdc When ACTR POSN Control Is

Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between ACTR POSN SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Place ACTR POSN control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 3.

3. Turn ACTR POSN control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (ACTRPOSN DN) to fully clockwise (ACTR POSN UP). Multimeter shall indicate -13.560.15 vdc when ACTR POSN control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate 13.560.15 vdc when ACTR POSN control is fully clockwise. Digital multimeter shall indicatea continuously adjustable voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from −15.0 to 15.0 vdc, replace

potentiometer R1.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-18

Page 70: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-16. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −13.5 6 0.15 Vdc When ACTR POSN Control IsTurned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate 13.56 0.15 Vdc When ACTR POSN Control Is

Turned Fully Clockwise. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Connect multimeter between ACTR POSN SIM NO. 2 and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 5.

5. Turn ACTR POSN control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (ACTRPOSN DN) to fully clockwise (ACTR POSN UP). Multimeter shall indicate −15.0 and15.0 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to6.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, replace switch S1.

6. Connect multimeter between terminal 2 of potentiometer R1 and signal ground.Go to 7.

7. Turn ACTR POSN control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (ACTRPOSN DN) to fully clockwise (ACTR POSN UP). Multimeter shall indicate 15.0 and-15.0 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is correct, go to8.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace potentiometer R1.

8. Check switch S1 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A1.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S1.

TABLE NO. 3-17. Multimeter Does Not Indicate −1.06 0.2 Vdc When ACTR POSN Switch Is PlacedTo SIM STAB 1, SIM STAB 2, Or SIM STAB 1&2.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace switch S1.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-19

Page 71: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-18. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 5.016 0.53 Vdc When PITCH RATE GYRO ControlIs Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −5.016 0.53 Vdc When PITCH RATE

GYRO Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between PITCH RATE GYRO SIM STAB 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 2.

2. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 3.

3. Turn PITCH RATE GYRO control throughout its range from fully counter-clockwise (NOSE DN) to fully clockwise (NOSE UP). Multimeter shall indicate 5.0160.53 when PITCH RATE GYRO control is fullycounterclockwise and shall indicate-5.01 6 0.53 when PITCH RATE GYRO control is fully clockwise. Multimeter shallindicate a continuously adjustable voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from −5.54 to 5.54 vdc, replace

potentiometer R7.

4. Check switch S16 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A4.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S16.

TABLE NO. 3-19. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 1.06 0.2 Vdc When PITCH RATE GYRO Switch IsPlaced To SIM STAB 1, SIM STAB 2, Or SIM STAB 1&2.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn PITCH RATE GYRO control for a multimeter indication of 1.0 vdc. Go to 2.

2. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM STAB 1. Multimeter shall indicate 1.060.2 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S16.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to3.

3. Connect multimeter between PITCH RATE GYRO SIM STAB 2 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 4.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-20

Page 72: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-19. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 1.06 0.2 Vdc When PITCH RATE GYRO Switch IsPlaced To SIM STAB 1, SIM STAB 2, Or SIM STAB 1&2. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM STAB 1&2 and then to SIM STAB 2.Multimeter shall indicate 1.0 6 0.2 vdc in each position. Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S16.

TABLE NO. 3-20. Multimeter Does Not Indicate -0.696 0.08 Vdc When PITCH RATE GYRO SwitchIs Placed To SIM SAS 1.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between PITCH RATE GYRO SIM SAS and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 2.

2. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM SAS 1. Go to 3.

3. Turn PITCH RATE GYRO control throughout its range from fully counterclock-wise (NOSE DN) to fully clockwise (NOSE UP). Multimeter shall indicate -0.696 0.08when PITCH RATE GYRO control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate 0.6960.08 when PITCH RATE GYRO control is fully clockwise. Digital multimeter shallindicate a continuously adjustable voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.Go to 4.

4. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to 5.

5. Check switch S16 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S16.

TABLE NO. 3-21. Multimeter Does Not Indicate -0.696 0.08 Vdc With PITCH RATE GYRO SwitchSet To SIM SAS (WO).

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn PITCH RATE GYRO control fully counterclockwise (NOSE DN). Go to 2.

2. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM SAS (WO). Multimeter shall indicate-0.6960.08. Go to 3.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-21

Page 73: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-21. Multimeter Does Not Indicate -0.696 0.08 Vdc With PITCH RATE GYRO SwitchSet To SIM SAS (WO). (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

3. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S16.

TABLE NO. 3-22. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 3.796 0.41 Vdc When LATL ACCLRM Control IsTurned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate −3.796 0.41 Vdc When LATL ACCLRM Con-

trol Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between LATL ACCLRM SIM STAB 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 2.

2. Place LATL ACCLRM control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 3.

3. Turn LATL ACCLRM control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (L)to fully clockwise (R). Multimeter shall indicate 3.796 0.41 when LATL ACCLRMcontrol is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate -3.796 0.41 when LATL ACCLRMcontrol is fully clockwise. Digital multimeter shall indicate a continuously adjustablevoltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A4.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from 4.20 to −4.20 vdc, replace

potentiometer R6.

4. Check switch S15 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S15.

TABLE NO. 3-23. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 1.06 0.2 Vdc With LATL ACCLRM Switch PlaceTo SIM STAB 1, SIM STAB 1&2, And SIM STAB 2.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Turn LATL ACCLRM control for a multimeter indication of 1.0 vdc. Go to 2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-22

Page 74: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-23. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 1.06 0.2 Vdc With LATL ACCLRM Switch Place ToSIM STAB 1, SIM STAB 1&2, And SIM STAB 2. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Place LATL ACCLRM control to SIM STAB 1. Multimeter shall indicate 1.0 6 0.2vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S15.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to3.

3. Connect multimeter between LATL ACCLRM SIM STAB 2 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 4.

4. Place PITCH RATE GYRO control to SIM STAB 1&2 and then to SIM STAB 2.Multimeter shall indicate 1.0 6 0.2 vdc in each position. Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S15.

TABLE NO. 3-24. Multimeter Does Not Indicate -3.056 0.33 Vdc When LATL ACCLRM Switch IsPlaced To SIM SAS 1.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between LATL ACCLRM SIM SAS and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Place LATL ACCLRM control to SIM SAS 1. Go to 3.

3. Turn LATL ACCLRM control throughout its range from fully counterclockwise (L)to fully clockwise (R). Multimeter shall indicate -3.056 0.33 when LATL ACCLRMcontrol is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate 3.056 0.33 when LATL ACCLRMcontrol is fully clockwise. Digital multimeter shall indicate a continuously adjustablevoltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from −3.38 to 3.38 vdc, replace

potentiometer R6.

4. Check switch S15 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S15.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-23

Page 75: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-25. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW UP And NO. 1 HOT SLEW Do Not Go On WhenMANUAL SLEW 1 Switch Is Pressed And Held At UP.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Press and hold MANUAL SLEW 1 control at UP. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW UPand NO. 1 HOT SLEW shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamps do not go on, go to2.Step 2. If indicator lamps go on, go to3.

2. Check switch S10 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S10.

3. Release MANUAL SLEW 1 control. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW UP and NO. 1HOT SLEW shall go off. Go to 4.

4. If indicator lamps do not go off, replace switch S10.

TABLE NO. 3-26. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW DN And NO. 1 HOT SLEW Do Not Go On WhenMANUAL SLEW 1 Switch Is Pressed And Held At DN.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Press and hold MANUAL SLEW 1 control at DN. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW DNand NO. 1 HOT SLEW shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamps do not go on, go to2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-24

Page 76: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-26. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW DN And NO. 1 HOT SLEW Do Not Go On WhenMANUAL SLEW 1 Switch Is Pressed And Held At DN. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If indicator lamps go on, go to3.

2. Check switch S10 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S10.

3. Release MANUAL SLEW 1 control. INDICATORS NO. 1 SLEW DN and NO. 1HOT SLEW shall go off. Go to 4.

4. If indicator lamps do not go off, replace switch S10.

TABLE NO. 3-27. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW UP And NO. 2 HOT SLEW Do Not Go On WhenMANUAL SLEW 2 Switch Is Pressed And Held At UP.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Press and hold MANUAL SLEW 2 control at UP. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW UPand NO. 2 HOT SLEW shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamps do not go on, go to2.Step 2. If indicator lamps go on, go to3.

2. Check switch S9 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S9.

3. Release MANUAL SLEW 2 control. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW UP and NO. 2HOT SLEW shall go off. Go to 4.

4. If indicator lamps do not go off, replace switch S9.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-25

Page 77: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-28. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW DN And NO. 2 HOT SLEW Do Not Go On WhenMANUAL SLEW 2 Switch Is Pressed And Held At DN.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Press and hold MANUAL SLEW 2 control to DN. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW DNand NO. 2 HOT SLEW shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamps do not go on, go to2.Step 2. If indicator lamps go on, go to3.

2. Check switch S9 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S9.

3. Release MANUAL SLEW 2 control. INDICATORS NO. 2 SLEW DN and NO. 2HOT SLEW shall go off. Go to 4.

4. If indicator lamps do not go off, replace switch S9.

TABLE NO. 3-29. INDICATORS NO. 1 RESET And NO. 2 RESET Do Not Go On When RESETSwitch Is Pressed And Held.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Press and hold RESET control. INDICATORS NO. 1 RESET and NO. 2 RESETshall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamps do not go on, go to2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-26

Page 78: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-29. INDICATORS NO. 1 RESET And NO. 2 RESET Do Not Go On When RESETSwitch Is Pressed And Held. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 2. If indicator lamps go on, go to3.

2. Check switch S7 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace component board assembly A3.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S7.

3. Release RESET switch. INDICATORS NO. 1 RESET AND NO. 2 RESET shall gooff. Go to 4.

4. If indicator lamps do not go off, replace switch S7.

TABLE NO. 3-30. INDICATORS NO. 1 AS SW ,60 KNOTS Does Not Go On When POWER +15VDC Is Applied to TEST POINTS NO. 1 AS SW.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Connect jumper wire between POWER +15 VDC and TEST POINTS NO. 1 AS SWtest jacks. INDICATORS NO. 1 AS SW ,60 KNOTS shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamp does not go on, replace circuit board assembly A2 and retest.Step 2. If trouble remains, replace component board assembly A3.Step 3. If trouble still remains, replace filter FL4.

2. Remove jumper wire. INDICATORS NO. 1 AS SW ,60 KNOTS shall go off.Go to 3.

3. If indicator lamp does not go on during retest, replace circuit board assembly A2.Go to 4.

4. Remove jumper wire from test set.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-27

Page 79: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-31. INDICATORS NO. 2 AS SW ,60 KNOTS Does Not Go On When POWER +15VDC Is Applied To TEST POINTS NO. 2 AS SW.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Connect jumper wire between POWER +15 VDC and TEST POINTS NO. 2 AS SWtest jacks. INDICATORS NO. 2 AS SW ,60 KNOTS shall light.

Step 1. If indicator lamp does not go on, replace circuit board assembly A2 and retest.Step 2. If trouble remains, replace component board assembly A3.Step 3. If trouble still remains, replace filter FL3.

2. Remove jumper wire. INDICATORS NO. 2 AS SW ,60 KNOTS shall go off.Go to 3.

3. If indicator lamp does not go on during retest, replace circuit board assembly A2.Go to 4.

4. Remove jumper wire from test set.

TABLE NO. 3-32. SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH ,60 KNOTS Indicator Does Not Go On WhenLATL ACCLRM Control Is Set Above 1.3 Vdc And Does Not Go Off When LATL ACCLRM Control

Is Set Below 1.0 Vdc.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Connect yellow banana plug of locally-made cable to LATL ACCLRM SIM SAStest jack. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter between LATL ACCLRM SIM SAS and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 3.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-28

Page 80: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-32. SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH ,60 KNOTS Indicator Does Not Go On WhenLATL ACCLRM Control Is Set Above 1.3 Vdc And Does Not Go Off When LATL ACCLRM Control Is

Set Below 1.0 Vdc. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

3. Place SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH to NORM. Go to 4.

4. Place LATL ACCLRM control to SIM SAS 1. Go to 5.

5. Turn LATL ACCLRM control counterclockwise (L) and clockwise (R) to varymultimeter indicator 1.0 6 1.0 vdc. SAS AIRSPEED SWITCH,60 KNOTS indicatorlamp shall light between 1.46 0.1 vdc and shall remain on above this voltage range;also, SAS AIRSPEED SWITCH,60 KNOTS indicator shall go off 1.16 0.1 vdc andshall remain off below this voltage range.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to6.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A3.

6. Check switch S23 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S23.

TABLE NO. 3-33. SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH >60 KNOTS Indicator Does Not Go On WhenLATL ACCLRM Control Is Fully Clockwise And SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH ,60 KNOTS

Does Not Go On When LATL ACCLRM Control Is Fully Counterclockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

NOTE

Test lamps for condition before continuing.During the following steps, note the status

(on or off) of all lamps.

1. Place SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH TO >60 KNOTS. Go to 2.

2. Turn LATL ACCLRM control fully clockwise (R). SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED ,60KNOTS indicator lamp shall go on.

Step 1. If indicator lamp does not go on, replace switch S23.Step 2. If indicator lamp goes on, go to3.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-29

Page 81: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-33. SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH >60 KNOTS Indicator Does Not Go On WhenLATL ACCLRM Control Is Fully Clockwise And SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH ,60 KNOTS

Does Not Go On When LATL ACCLRM Control Is Fully Counterclockwise. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

3. Place SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH TO,60 KNOTS. Go to 4.

4. Turn LATL ACCLRM control fully counterclockwise (L). Indicator lamp SASSYSTEM AIRSPEED ,60 KNOTS shall go on.

Step 1. If indicator lamp does not go on, replace switch S23.Step 2. If indicator lamp goes on, go to5.

5. Place SAS SYSTEM AIRSPEED SWITCH to NORM. Go to 6.

6. Remove yellow banana plug from test set.

TABLE NO. 3-34. Multimeter No. 1 Does Not Indicate 12.06 0.5 Vdc And Multimeter No. 2 Does NotIndicate 12.06 0.7 Vdc When AS SENSOR Switch Is Placed To SIM STAB 1&2.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect blue banana plug of locally-made cable to AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 testjack. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter (No. 1) between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 3.

3. Connect multimeter (No. 2) between SAS SIG REF PITCH and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 4.

4. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 5.

5. Set AS SENSOR control to a multimeter (No. 1) indication 12.06 0.5 vdc. Multi-meter (No. 2) shall indicate 12.06 0.7 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A1 andretest.

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 3. If multimeter indication is correct, go to6.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-30

Page 82: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-34. Multimeter No. 1 Does Not Indicate 12.06 0.5 Vdc And Multimeter No. 2 Does NotIndicate 12.06 0.7 Vdc When AS SENSOR Switch Is Placed To SIM STAB 1&2. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

6. Set AS SENSOR control counterclockwise until multimeter (No. 1) indicates 5.060.5 vdc. Multimeter (No. 2) shall indicate 5.06 0.7 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A1 andretest.

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 3. If multimeter indication is correct, go to7.

7. Place AS SENSOR control OFF. Go to 8.

8. Remove blue banana plug from AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 test jack.

TABLE NO. 3-35. Multimeter No. 1 Does Not Indicate −1.36 0.3 VDC When SAS SYSTEM YAWRATE Control Is Turned Fully Counterclockwise And Does Not Indicate 1.36 0.3 Vdc When SAS SYS-

TEM YAW RATE Control Is Turned Fully Clockwise.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter (No. 1) between YAW RATE SIM (+) and SAS SIG REF YAW(−) test jacks. Go to 2.

2. Place YAW RATE control to SIM 1. Go to 3.

3. Turn SAS SYSTEM YAW RATE control throughout its range from fully counter-clockwise (L) to fully clockwise (R). Multimeter shall indicate -1.36 0.3 vdc when SASSYSTEM YAW RATE control is fully counterclockwise and shall indicate 1.3 6 0.3vdc when SAS SYSTEM YAW RATE control is fully clockwise. Multimeter shallindicate a continuously adjustable voltage from counterclockwise to clockwise position.

Step 1. If multimeter indicates 0.0 vdc, go to4.Step 2. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace component board assembly A4.Step 3. If multimeter indication changes abruptly from −1.6 to 1.6 vdc, replace poten-

tiometer R8.

4. Check switch S20 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S20.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-31

Page 83: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-36. Multimeter No. 2 Does Not Indicate 12.06 0.7 Vdc When AS SENSOR Control isTurned Clockwise To A Multimeter No. 1 Indication Between 12.06 0.5 Vdc.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect orange banana plug of locally-made cable to AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 testjack. Go to 2.

2. Connect multimeter (No. 1) between AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 and SIG GND testjacks. Go to 3.

3. Connect multimeter (No. 2) between SAS SIG REF ROLL/YAW and SIG GND testjack. Go to 4.

4. Place AS SENSOR control to SIM STAB 1&2. Go to 5.

5. Set AS SENSOR control to a multimeter (No. 1) indication 12.06 0.5 vdc. Multi-meter (No. 2) shall indicate 12.06 0.7 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to6.

6. Set AS SENSOR control counterclockwise until multimeter (No. 1) indicates 5.060.5 vdc. Multimeter (No. 2) shall indicate 5.16 0.6 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace circuit board assembly A2.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to7.

7. Place AS SENSOR control to OFF. Go to 8.

8. Place YAW RATE control to NORM. Go to 9.

9. Remove orange banana plug from AS SENSOR SIM NO. 1 test jack. Go to 10.

10. Remove digital multimeters from test set.

TABLE NO. 3-37. Test Set Indicator Lamps Do Not Go On When 28 Vdc Power Is Jumpered To TestPoint/Connector Contact Listed.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Pull out POWER 28 VDC circuit breakers CB1 and CB2, and TEST SET circuitbreaker CB4. Go to 2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-32

Page 84: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-37. Test Set Indicator Lamps Do Not Go On When 28 Vdc Power Is Jumpered To TestPoint/Connector Contact Listed. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Connect jumper between POWER 28 VDC STAB 1 and connector contact and/ortest point as listed. INDICATORS, corresponding to connector contact and/or testpoint, shall light.

Step 1. If INDICATORS corresponding to connector contact and/or test point do notgo on, replace malfunctioning lamp and retest.

Step 2. If trouble remains, replace component board assembly A3.

CONNECTOR CONTACT (TEST POINT INDICATORS)

J1-C (NO. 1 INTLK 28 OS)J2-C (NO. 2 INTLK 28 OS)J1-A (NO. 1 INTLK 28)J2-A (NO. 2 INTLK 28)J1-BB (NO. 1 AUTO ENGA)J2-BB (NO. 2 AUTO ENGA)J1-GG (NO. 1 AUTO ENGA OS)J2-GG (NO. 2 AUTO ENGA OS)J1-V (NO. 1 DRVR SUPPLY)J2-V (NO. 2 DRVR SUPPLY)J1-B (NO. 1 DRVR SUPPLY OS)J2-B (NO. 2 DRVR SUPPLY OS)J1-s (NO. 1 UP LIMIT)J2-s (NO. 2 UP LIMIT)J1-E (NO. 1 STAB UP)J2-E (NO. 2 STAB UP)J1-D (NO. 1 STAB DN)J2-D (NO. 2 STAB DN)J1-t (NO. 1 DN LIMIT)J2-t (NO. 2 DN LIMIT)J3-E (SAS ENGAGE 2)J3-G (SAS ENGAGE 1)

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-33

Page 85: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-38. API Does Not Indicate From −180.0° To Zero Or From Zero To 179.999° WhenROLL ATT Control Is Turned Clockwise One Full Turn From Zero To Zero.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Pull out test set circuit breakers CB1, CB2, CB3, and CB4. Go to 2.

2. Disconnect P1 and P2 of locally-made test cable from test set connectors J1 and J2.Go to 3.

3. Make the following connections between SAS/Stabilator test set and Angle PositionIndicator (API). Go to 4.

Test Set Test Points (API Input)115 VAC 400 HZ SAS (REF. HI)PWR GND (REF. LO)ROLL ATT SIM X (S1)ROLL ATT SIM Y (S3)ROLL ATT SIM Z (S2)

4. Place API mode select switch to SYNC. Go to 5.

5. Push in POWER 28 VDC circuit breaker CB3. Go to 6.

6. Place test set ROLL ATT control to SIM 1. Go to 7.

7. Slowly turn test set ROLL ATT control clockwise one full turn from zero to zero.API shall indicate from −179.999° to zero and then from zero to 179.999°

Step 1. If API indication is 0°, replace transformer T1.Step 2. If API indication is not correct, go to8.

8. Check switch S19 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace synchro B1.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S19.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-34

Page 86: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-39. API Does Not Indicate 180°6 0.2° When ROLL ATT Control Is Turned ClockwiseOne Full Turn From Zero To Zero.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Slowly turn test set ROLL ATT control counterclockwise one full turn from zero tozero. API shall indicate 180°6 0.2° with dial at zero.

Step 1. If API indication is not correct, retest.Step 2. If trouble remains, replace synchro B1.

TABLE NO. 3-40. API Does Not Indicate -90°6 0.2° When ROLL ATT Control Is Turned Counter-clockwise To 90°.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Slowly turn test set ROLL ATT control clockwise to 90°. API shall indicate between−90°6 0.2°.

Step 1. If API indication is not correct, retest.Step 2. If trouble remains, replace synchro B1.Step 3. If API indication is correct, go to2.

2. Pull out POWER 28 VDC circuit breaker CB3. Go to 3.

3. Remove 115 Vac and 28 Vdc facility power from test set. Go to 4.

4. Place all test set switches to OFF or NORM. Place AIRSPEED SWITCH to >60KNOTS. Go to 5.

5. Remove angle position indicator (API) from SAS/stabilator test set.

TABLE NO. 3-41. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 27.56 0.5 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 1Switch Is Pressed And Held To TEST.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect digital multimeter between PITCH 1 TEST MONITOR and PWR GNDtest jacks. Go to 2.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-35

Page 87: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-41. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 27.56 0.5 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 1Switch Is Pressed And Held To TEST. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

2. Press and hold RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 1 control to TEST. Multimeter shallindicate 27.56 0.5 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to3.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to4.

3. Check switch S22 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace filter FL4.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S22.

4. Release RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 1 control. Multimeter shall indicate 0.0 vdc.Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S22.

TABLE 3-42. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 27.56 0.5 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 2Switch Is Pressed And Held To TEST.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between PITCH 2 TEST MONITOR and PWR GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Press and hold RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 2 control to TEST. Multimeter shallindicate 27.56 0.5 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to3.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to4.

3. Check switch S21 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace filter FL4.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S21.

4. Release RATE GYRO TEST PITCH 2 control. Multimeter shall indicate 0.0 vdc.Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S21.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-36

Page 88: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-43. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 6 0.15 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST ROLLSwitch is Pressed and Held To TEST.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between ROLL TEST MONITOR and PWR GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Press and hold RATE GYRO TEST ROLL control to TEST. Multimeter shallindicate 28 6 0.15 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to3.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to4.

3. Check switch S18 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace filter FL2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S18.

4. Release RATE GYRO TEST ROLL control. Multimeter shall indicate 0.0 vdc.Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S18.

TABLE NO. 3-44. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 6 0.15 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST YAWSwitch is Pressed and Held To TEST.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between YAW TEST MONITOR and PWR GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Press and hold RATE GYRO TEST YAW control to TEST. Multimeter shall indi-cate 286 0.15 vdc.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, go to3.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to4.

3. Check switch S17 for continuity.

Step 1. If continuity exists, replace filter FL2.Step 2. If continuity does not exist, replace switch S17.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-37

Page 89: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-44. Multimeter Does Not Indicate 28 6 0.15 Vdc When RATE GYRO TEST YAWSwitch is Pressed and Held To TEST. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

4. Release RATE GYRO TEST YAW control. Multimeter shall indicate 0.0 vdc.Go to 5.

5. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S17.

TABLE NO. 3-45. Multimeter Does Not Indicate Less Than 1.0 Ohm With FAULT MONITOR ILIMIT 1 Switch Placed To INHIBIT And Does Not Indicate Greater Than 100K Ohms With FAULT

MONITOR I LIMIT 1 Switch Placed To NORM.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between NO. 1 I LIMIT SWITCHED and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Place FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 1 control to INHIBIT. Multimeter shall indicateless than 1.0 ohm.

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S12.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to3.

3. Place FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 1 control to NORM. Multimeter shall indicategreater than 100K ohms. Go to 4.

4. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S12.

TABLE NO. 3-46. Multimeter Does Not Indicate Less Than 1.0 Ohm With FAULT MONITOR ILIMIT 2 Switch Placed To INHIBIT And Does Not Indicate Greater Than 100K Ohms With FAULT

MONITOR I LIMIT 2 Switch Placed To NORM.

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

1. Connect multimeter between NO. 2 I LIMIT SWITCHED and SIG GND test jacks.Go to 2.

2. Place FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 2 control to INHIBIT. Multimeter shall indicateless than 1.0 ohm.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-38

Page 90: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TABLE NO. 3-46. Multimeter Does Not Indicate Less Than 1.0 Ohm With FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT2 Switch Placed To INHIBIT And Does Not Indicate Greater Than 100K Ohms With FAULT MONITOR

I LIMIT 2 Switch Placed To NORM. (Cont)

TEST OR INSPECTIONCORRECTIVE ACTION

Step 1. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S11.Step 2. If multimeter indication is correct, go to3.

3. Place FAULT MONITOR I LIMIT 2 control to NORM. Multimeter shall indicategreater than 100K ohms. Go to 4.

4. If multimeter indication is not correct, replace switch S11.

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-39/(3-40 Blank)

Page 91: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 92: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION III.

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

3.6 Repair 3-42

3.7 Cleaning 3-42

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-41

Page 93: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

3.6. REPAIR.

Refer to TM 55-1500-323-25 for repair of test setcable assemblies.

3.7. CLEANING.

a. Remove dust and loose dirt with cheese-cloth (item 1, Appendix C).

WARNING

Observe all cautions and warnings onthe containers when using consumables.When applicable, wear necessary protec-tive gear during handling and use. If a

consumable is flammable or explosive,MAKE SURE consumable and itsvapors are kept away from heat, spark,and flame. MAKE SURE equipment isproperly grounded and firefightingequipment is readily available prior touse.

b. Remove grease, fungus, and ground-in-dirt with cheesecloth (item 1, AppendixC), dampened with dry-cleaning solvent(item 2, Appendix C).

c. Remove moisture with machinery towel(item 4, Appendix C).

TM 1-6625-735-14

3-42

Page 94: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CHAPTER 4

UNIT MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

SECTION TITLE PAGE

Maintenance Procedures 4-3

TM 1-6625-735-14

4-1/(4-2 Blank)

Page 95: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 96: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

4.1 Scope of Maintenance 4-4

4.2 Knob Replacement 4-4

4.3 Indicator Lamp Replacement 4-4

4.4 Cable Assemblies 4-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

4-3

Page 97: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

4.1. SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE.

The scope of corrective maintenance is the replace-ment of knobs, indicator lamps, lenses, and cableassemblies.

4.2. KNOB REPLACEMENT.

a. Loosen screw holding knob to shaft.

b. Slide knob off shaft.

c. When placing new knob on shaft, makesure knob is fully on shaft before tighten-ing screw.

4.3. INDICATOR LAMP REPLACEMENT.

a. Make sure no power is applied to test set.

b. Unscrew lens cover.

c. Remove lamp.

4.4. CABLE ASSEMBLIES.

Remove cable assembly from cable case assembly andsend to higher maintenance.

TM 1-6625-735-14

4-4

Page 98: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CHAPTER 5

DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

SECTION TITLE PAGE

I Maintenance Procedures 5-3

II Calibration Procedures 5-65

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-1/(5-2 Blank)

Page 99: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 100: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION I.

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

5.1 Scope of Maintenance 5-5

5.2 Upper Panel Disassembly 5-5

5.3 Lower Panel Disassembly 5-5

5.4 Circuit Board Assembly A1 Replacement 5-5

5.5 Circuit Board Assembly A2 Replacement 5-5

5.6 Component Board Assembly A3 Replacement 5-5

5.7 Component Board Assembly A4 Replacement 5-6

5.8 Synchro Replacement 5-6

5.9 Circuit Breakers CB1 through CB4 Replacement 5-6

5.10 Lamps DS1 through DS9 and DS16 through DS45 Replacement 5-6

5.11 Relay K1 Replacement 5-6

5.12 Power Supply PS1 Replacement 5-7

5.13 Potentiometers R1 through R8 Replacement 5-7

5.14 Rotary Switches S1, S15, and S16 Replacement 5-7

5.15 Switches S2 through S5, S19, S20, and S23 Replacement 5-8

5.16 Switches S6, S7, S9 through S14, S17, S18, S21, and S22Replacement

5-8

5.17 Switch S24 Replacement 5-8

5.18 Transformer T1 Replacement 5-8

5.19 Filters FL1 through FL4 Replacement 5-9

5.20 Lower Panel Assembly 5-9

5.21 Upper Panel Assembly 5-9

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-3

Page 101: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

5.22 Cable Assemblies 5-9

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-4

Page 102: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5.1. SCOPE OF MAINTENANCE.

The scope of corrective maintenance is to functionallydetermine the malfunction area by performing thetroubleshooting procedures in Chapter 3, section II.Disassemble test set, stabilator system only as far asnecessary to remove malfunctioning or damaged com-ponents using the procedures below.

5.2. UPPER PANEL DISASSEMBLY.

a. Remove 12 screws (1, Figure 5-1) fastening upperpanel assembly (2) to carrying case (5).

b. Remove upper panel assembly from case.

5.3. LOWER PANEL DISASSEMBLY.

a. Remove 12 screws (3, Figure 5-1), fasteninglower panel assembly (4) to carrying case (5).

b. Remove lower panel assembly from carryingcase.

c. Remove six screws and washers (75, Figure 5-2)from bracket (76).

d. Remove four screws, washers, and nuts (45) frombracket (76) and panel (1).

e. Remove bracket (76).

f. Remove 12 screws and washers (61) from bracket(54).

g. Remove 20 screws and washers (52) from bracket(53).

h. Remove remaining screws and washers (51 and68) fastening support assembly (46) to panel assem-blies (50 and 70).

i. Fold down support assembly (46).

5.4. CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY A1REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove two screws (74, Figure 5-2) fasteningcircuit board assembly A1 (43) to guide assembly(72).

c. Pull out ejectors fastening circuit board assemblyA1 to guide assembly and remove circuit boardassembly.

d. Slide replacement circuit board assembly intoguide assembly (72).

e. Lock circuit board assembly into guide assemblyby fastening ejectors.

f. Install screws (74) fastening circuit board assem-bly to guide assembly.

g. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.5. CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY A2REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove two screws (73, Figure 5-2) fasteningcircuit board assembly A2 (44) to guide assembly(72).

c. Pull out ejectors fastening circuit board assemblyA2 to guide assembly and remove circuit boardassembly.

d. Slide replacement circuit board assembly intoguide assembly (72).

e. Lock circuit board assembly into guide assemblyby fastening ejectors.

f. Install screws (73) fastening circuit board assem-bly to guide assembly.

g. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.6. COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY A3REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-5

Page 103: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

b. Remove screws, spacers, washers, and nuts (48,Figure 5-2) fastening component board assembly A3(47) to support assembly (46).

c. Tag and unsolder wires from component boardassembly A3.

d. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to replacementcomponent board assembly. Remove tags.

e. Install component board assembly to supportassembly (47) using screws, spacers, washers, andnuts (48).

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.7. COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY A4REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove screws, spacers, washers, and nuts (71,Figure 5-2) fastening component board assembly A4(77) to panel assembly (70).

c. Tag and unsolder wires from component boardassembly A4.

d. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to replacementcomponent board assembly. Remove tags.

e. Install component board assembly to panel assem-bly (70) using screws, spacers, washers, and nuts (71).

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.8. SYNCHRO REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Loosen setscrews in gear mechanism of synchrodial to free synchro B1 (36, Figure 5-2) control shaftfrom dial.

c. Loosen synchro mounting hardware on back ofdial holding synchro B1 in place.

d. Remove synchro B1 from dial.

e. Tag and unsolder synchro B1 wires from panelassembly wiring.

f. Install replacement synchro B1 to back of synchrodial using mounting hardware provided with dial.

g. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) synchro B1 wires topanel assembly wiring. Remove tags.

h. Clamp dial to synchro B1 control shaft by tight-ening setscrews.

i. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.9. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CB1 THROUGHCB4 REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and disconnect wires to circuit breaker CB1(29, Figure 5-2).

c. Remove nut and washer fastening circuit breakerto panel (1).

d. Connect wires to replacement circuit breaker.Remove tags.

e. Install circuit breaker to panel using washer andnut provided with circuit breaker.

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.10. LAMPS DS1 THROUGH DS9 AND DS16THROUGH DS45 REPLACEMENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Unscrew lens from light XDS1.

c. Remove damaged lamp DS1 (26, Figure 5-2)from light XDS1.

d. Install replacement lamp into light. Install lens.

5.11. RELAY K1 REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove screws, washers, and nuts (55, Figure5-2) fastening bracket (56) to support assembly (46).

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-6

Page 104: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

c. Tag and unsolder wires from relay K1 (60) termi-nals.

d. Remove screws, washers, and nuts (57) fasteningrelay K1 to bracket (56).

e. Install replacement relay to bracket (56) usingscrews, washers, and nuts (57).

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to relay K1terminals. Remove tags.

g. Install bracket (56) to support assembly (46)using screws, washers, and nuts (55).

h. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.12. POWER SUPPLY PS1 REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and disconnect wires to power supply PS1(67, Figure 5-2).

c. Remove screws and washers (69) fastening powersupply PS1 to support assembly (46).

d. Install replacement power supply to supportassembly (46) using screws and washers (69).

e. Connect wires to power supply. Remove tags.

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.13. POTENTIOMETERS R1 THROUGH R8REPLACEMENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and unsolder wires from potentiometer R5(3, Figure 5-2).

c. Loosen Allen-head screw fastening knob to poten-tiometer shaft.

d. d. Remove nut and washer fastening potenti-ometer to panel (1).

e. Install replacement potentiometer to panel usingwasher and nut provided with potentiometer. MAKESURE that antirotation tab on potentiometer is linedup with small hole in panel next to potentiometermounting hole.

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to potentiom-eter. Remove tags.

g. Install knob to potentiometer shaft by tighteningAllen-head screw on knob.

h. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.14. ROTARY SWITCHES S1, S15, AND S16REPLACEMENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and unsolder wires from rotary switch S1(17, Figure 5-2).

c. Loosen screw fastening knob to switch shaft.

d. Remove nut and washer fastening switch to panel(1).

e. Install replacement switch to panel using washerand nut provided with switch. Make sure that antiro-tation tab on switch is lined up with small hole inpanel next to switch mounting hole.

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to switch.Remove tags.

g. Turn switch shaft fully counterclockwise.

h. Install knob to switch shaft by tightening screwon knob.

i. Do paragraph 5.20.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-7

Page 105: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5.15. SWITCHES S2 THROUGH S5, S19, S20,AND S23 REPLACEMENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and unsolder wires from rotary switch S2(14, Figure 5-2).

c. Loosen screws fastening knob to switch S2 shaft.

d. Remove nut and washer fastening switch to panel(1).

e. Install replacement switch to panel using washer,and nut provided with switch. Make sure that antiro-tation tab on switch is lined up with small hole inpanel next to switch mounting hole.

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to switch.Remove tags.

g. Turn switch shaft fully counterclockwise.

h. Install knob to switch shaft by tightening screwon knob.

i. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.16. SWITCHES S6, S7, S9 THROUGH S14,S17, S18, S21, AND S22 REPLACE-MENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and unsolder wires from rotary switch S6(10, Figure 5-2).

c. Remove nut and washer fastening switch to panel(1).

d. Install replacement switch to panel using washerand nut provided with switch. Make sure that antiro-

tation tab on switch is lined up with small hole inpanel next to switch mounting hole.

e. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to switch.Remove tags.

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.17. SWITCH S24 REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Tag and unsolder wires from switch S24 (34, Fig-ure 5-2).

c. Remove nut, washer, and keywasher fasteningswitch to panel (1).

d. Install replacement switch to panel using key-washer, washer, and nut, provided with switch. Makesure that antirotation tab on switch is lined up withsmall hole in panel next to switch mounting hole.

e. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to switch.Remove tags.

f. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.18. TRANSFORMER T1 REPLACEMENT.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove screws, washers, and nuts (55) fasteningbracket (56, Figure 5-2) to support assembly (46).

c. Tag and unsolder wires from transformer T1 (59)terminals.

d. Remove washers and nuts (58) fastening trans-former T1 to bracket (56).

e. Install replacement transformer T1 to bracketusing washers and nuts (58).

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to terminals oftransformer. Remove tags.

g. Install screws, washers, and nuts (55) fasteningbracket to support assembly.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-8

Page 106: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

h. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.19. FILTERS FL1 THROUGH FL4REPLACEMENT.

NOTE

Procedure is typical.

a. Do paragraph 5.3.

b. Remove screws, washers, and nuts (49, Figure5-2) fastening bracket (62) to panel assembly (50).

c. Tag and unsolder wires from filter FL1 (63).

d. Remove washer and nut fastening filter FL1 (63)to bracket (62).

e. Install replacement filter to bracket using washerand nut provided with filter.

f. Solder (item 7, Appendix C) wires to terminals offilter. Remove tags.

g. Install bracket (62) to panel assembly (50) usingscrews, washers, and nuts (49).

h. Do paragraph 5.20.

5.20. LOWER PANEL ASSEMBLY.

a. Install support assembly (46, Figure 5-2) to panelassemblies (50 and 70) using screws and washers (51and 68).

b. Install bracket (53) using 20 screws and washers(52).

c. Install bracket (54) using 12 screws and washers(61).

d. Install bracket (76) to bracket (54) using sixscrews and washers (75).

e. Install bracket (76) to panel (1) using four screws,washers, and nuts (45).

f. Install lower panel assembly (4, Figure 5-1) intocase (5) using 12 screws (3).

g. If synchro B1 (36, Figure 5-2) has been replaced,refer to Section II., CALIBRATION PROCEDURES.

5.21. UPPER PANEL ASSEMBLY.

a. Install upper panel assembly (2, Figure 5-1) intocarrying case (5).

b. Install 12 screws (1) fastening upper panel assem-bly (2) to carrying case (5).

5.22. CABLE ASSEMBLIES.

If cable sleeve is damaged, repair cable sleeve withpolyethylene spiral wrap (item 8, Appendix C).

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-9

Page 107: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5

4

2

1

3

SAAK3077

1. SCREW2. UPPER PANEL ASSEMBLY3. SCREW4. LOWER PANEL ASSEMBLY5. CARRYING CASE

Figure 5-1. Test Set, Stabilization System Disassembly

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-10

Page 108: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 109: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3078_1

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

PANEL

POTENTIOMETER R5

ROTARY SWITCH S5

SWITCH S14

POTENTIOMETER R4

ROTARY SWITCH S4

SWITCH S13

POTENTIOMETER R3

SWITCH S6

ROTARY SWITCH S3

POTENTIOMETER R2

LAMP DS3

CIRCUIT BREAKER CB3

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

71.

72.

73.

74.

75.

76.

77.

78.

79.

SWITCH S9

SWITCH S12

CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY A1

CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY A2

SCREWS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

SUPPORT ASSEMBLY

COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY A3

SCREWS, SPACERS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

SCREWS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

SCREWS AND WASHERS

SCREWS AND WASHERS

BRACKET

BRACKET

SCREWS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

BRACKET

SCREWS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

WASHERS AND NUTS

TRANSFORMER T1

RELAY K1

SCREWS AND WASHERS

BRACKET

FILTER FL1

FILTER FL2

FILTER FL3

FILTER FL4

POWER SUPPLY PS1

SCREWS AND WASHERS

SCREWS AND WASHERS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

SCREWS, SPACERS, WASHERS, AND NUTS

GUIDE ASSEMBLY

SCREWS

SCREWS

SCREWS AND WASHERS

BRACKET

COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY A4

SWITCH S22

SWITCH S21

POTENTIOMETER R1

POTENTIOMETER R7

POTENTIOMETER R6

POTENTIOMETER R8

ROTARY SWITCH S2

ROTARY SWITCH S1

ROTARY SWITCH S16

ROTARY SWITCH S15

SWITCH S17

ROTARY SWITCH S19

ROTARY SWITCH S20

ROTARY SWITCH S23

SWITCH S18

SWITCH S11

SWITCH S10

SWITCH S7

SWITCH S24

SYNCHRO B1

LAMP DS2

LAMP DS1

CIRCUIT BREAKER CB2

CIRCUIT BREAKER CB1

CIRCUIT BREAKER CB4

LAMP DS4

LAMP DS5

LAMP DS6

KEY TO FIGURE 5−2

LAMPS DS7 THROUGH DS9,DS16 THROUGH DS45

Figure 5-2. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly (Sheet 1 of 5)

TM 1-6625-735-14

(5-11 Blank)/5-12

Page 110: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

A

21

22

24

25

26

28

20

19

18

16

15

30

31

F

E

32

33

GH37 3839407942

B C 5 6 7 8 9 D 11 12 13 14A A A A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

1

27

417835

23

SAAK3078_2

Figure 5-2. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-13

Page 111: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3078_3

2

A

4

C

3

B

17

E

10

D

29

34

G F

H

36

Figure 5-2. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly (Sheet 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-14

Page 112: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3078_4

71

70

77

69

6867

76

I

75

4543

44

7372

74

Figure 5-2. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly (Sheet 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-15

Page 113: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3078_5

51

5253

50

49

6155

62

63

66 65

64

4847

54

46

J

I

56 57

58

60

59

J

Figure 5-2. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly (Sheet 5)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-16

Page 114: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3079_1

R5B

R4B

R6B

R7B

R8B

R9B

R9C

R8C

R7C

R6C

R5C

R4C

R3C

FIGURE &INDEX NO.

5−3

−1−2

−3

−4

−5

−6−7

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION1 2 3 4 5 6 7

COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY

. TERMINAL

RESISTOR

RESISTOR

RESISTOR

RESISTORRESISTOR

COMPONENT BOARD

QTYPER

ASSY

REF

54

25

2

22

1

USABLEON

CODE

1

6

3

3

5

3

3

6

4

2

5

3

4

2 A4

7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Figure 5-3. Component Board Assemblies A3 and A4 (Sheet 1 of 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-17

Page 115: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3079_2

CR4A CR4B CR4C CR4D

CR5A CR5B CR5C CR5D

CR6A CR6B CR6C CR6D

CR7A CR7B CR7C CR7D

CR8A CR8B CR8C CR8D

CR9A CR9B CR9C CR9D

CR10A CR10B CR10C CR1OD

CR11A CR11B CR11C CR11D

CR12A CR12B CR12C CR12D

CR13A CR13B CR13C CR13D

CR14A CR14B CR14C CR14D

CR15A CR15B CR15C CR15D

CR16A CR16B CR16C CR16D

CR17A CR17B CR17C CR17D

CR20A CR20B CR20C CR20D

CR21A CR21B CR21C CR21D

CR22A CR22B CR22C CR22D

A3

8

9

10

Figure 5-3. Component Board Assemblies A3 and A4 (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-18

Page 116: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3079_3

5−3

−8−9

−10

DESCRIPTION1 2 3 4 5 6 7

COMPONENT BOARD ASSEMBLY

TERMINAL

DIODE

COMPONENT BOARD

REF

110

681

FIGURE &INDEX NO. PART NUMBER

QTYPER

ASSY

USABLEON

CODE

............

............

..........

.

.

.

Figure 5-3. Component Board Assemblies A3 and A4 (Sheet 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-19

Page 117: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SA

AK

3080

44B42B41B40B1B283B

5B6B7B8B9B373635

3424B

28B29B30B

49B48B47B46B45B

39B

39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 140 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49

JUM

PE

R N

O. 2

h AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF j g f e d c b Z Y X W V U T S R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A t s r q p n m k ia

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P28

6R

(SE

E N

OT

E)

(SE

E N

OT

E)

(SE

E N

OT

E)

JUM

PE

R N

O. 1

39A

44A42A41A40A1A2A3A45A6A7A8A9A10111213A141516A1718192021222324A25262728A29A30A3138A49A48A47A46A45A

TO

SA

S A

MP

L J1

qr

st

AB

CE

FG

HJ

KL

NM

Sz

ab

ef

gj

hi

km

np

qr

st

AB

CE

FG

HJ

KM

NL

Sa

be

fg

jh

ik

mn

pD

PR

TU

VW

XY

Zc

d

NO

TE

C

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D O

N B

AC

K−

SH

ELL

OF

CO

NN

EC

TO

R.

33

3238B

TO

TE

ST

SE

TJ3

13B

16B

Figure 5-4. MH60K Cable W1 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-20

Page 118: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SA

AK

3081

44B42B41B40B1B283B

5B6B7B8B9B373635

3424B

28B29B30B

49B48B47B46B45B

39B

39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 140 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49

JUM

PE

R N

O. 2

h AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF j g f e d c b Z Y X W V U T S R P N M L K J H G F E D C B A t s r q p n m k ia

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P42

3R

(SE

E N

OT

E)

(SE

E N

OT

E)

(SE

E N

OT

E)

JUM

PE

R N

O. 1

39A

44A42A41A40A1A2A3A45A6A7A8A9A10111213A141516A1718192021222324A25262728A29A30A3138A49A48A47A46A45A

TO

SA

S A

MP

L J4

23R

qr

st

AB

CE

FG

HJ

KL

NM

Sz

ab

ef

gj

hi

km

np

qr

st

AB

CE

FG

HJ

KM

NL

Sa

be

fg

jh

ik

mn

pD

PR

TU

VW

XY

Zc

d

NO

TE

33

3238B

TO

TE

ST

SE

TJ3

13B

16B

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

ON

BA

CK

−S

HE

LL O

F C

ON

NE

CT

OR

.

Figure 5-5. UH60A UH60L EH60A Cable W1 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-21

Page 119: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

(SE

E N

OT

E) JU

MP

ER

NO

. 2JU

MP

ER

NO

. 1

W2

AN

D W

6 C

ON

NE

CT

OR

:

TO

ST

AB

CO

NT

AM

PL

J1

(SE

E N

OT

E)

45A

47A48A49A50A51A52A53A54A55A56A1A2A3A464A

5A

6A78A9A10A11A1840A1213141516171920A21A22A23A2425A262728A29A

30A

31A

32A33A34A35A36A37A59

39A

W2

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

1

W6

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

2

KK

LL MM

NN p k AA

CC A q W s t D E B C N P V a BB

HH FF

GG

DD d G c Z K J e L H v EE R PP U M X r f S g h i j u x y zw

W2

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P35

8R

W6

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P34

4R

(SE

E N

OT

E)

45B

47B48B49B50B5852B53B54B55B56B1B2B3B464B

5B

6B428B9B10B11B4140B4443

21B22B23B

25B

28B29B30B

31B

32B33B34B35B36B37B

f

Sghijuxyzr

XMb

Unm

TRw

EEv

HLdpe

JKZc

GDDGGFFHHBBa

VPNCBEFYDts

Wq

ACCAA

k

f

Sghijuxyzr

XMb

Unm

TRw

EEv

HLdp

GGFFHHBB

V

CBEFYDt

Wq

ACC

ZK

44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 4 3 2 1 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 567 45

SA

AK

3082k

AA 59

39B

s

38J

20B

c

57JJ T

558

NO

TE

C

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D O

N B

AC

K−

SH

ELL

OF

CO

NN

EC

TO

R.

Figure 5-6. MH60K Cables W2 and W6 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-22

Page 120: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

CH

AS

SIS

GR

OU

ND

ON

BA

CK

−S

HE

LL O

F C

ON

NE

CT

OR

.

NO

TE(S

EE

NO

TE

) JUM

PE

R N

O. 2

JUM

PE

R N

O. 1

W2

AN

D W

6 C

ON

NE

CT

OR

:

TO

ST

AB

CO

NT

AM

PL

J1

(SE

E N

OT

E)

45A

47A48A49A50A51A52A53A54A55A56A1A2A3A464A

5A

6A78A9A10A11A1840A1213141516171920A21A22A23A2425A262728A29A

30A

31A

32A33A34A35A36A37A3839

W2

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

1

W6

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

2

KK

LL MM

NN p k AA

CC A q W s t D E B C N P V a BB

HH FF

GG

DD d G c Z K J e L H v EE R T U M X r f S g h i j u x y zw

W2

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P40

5R

W6

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P40

4R

(SE

E N

OT

E)

45B

47B48B49B50B51B52B53B54B55B56B1B2B3B464B

5B

6B428B9B10B11B4140B4443

20B21B22B23B

25B

28B29B30B

31B

32B33B34B35B36B37B

f

Sghijuxyzr

XMb

Unm

TRw

EEv

HLdpe

JKZc

GDDGGFFHHBBa

VPNCBEFYDts

Wq

ACCAAk

f

Sghijuxyzr

XMb

Unm

TRw

EEv

HLdp

GGFFHHBB

V

CBEFYDt

SWq

ACC

ZK

44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 65

4 3 2 1 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 567 45

SA

AA

1084

Figure 5-7. UH60A UH60L EH60A Cables W2 and W6 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-23

Page 121: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAA1085

NOTE

CHASSIS GROUND ON BACKSHELLOF CONNECTOR.

TO A / C HARNESS P421R

TO TEST SET J6

TO SAS / FPS COMPUTER J139

A B C D E F G H J K

A B C D E F G H J K

(SEE NOTE)

9A 1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

(SEE NOTE)

9B 1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7B 8B

(SEE NOTE)

Figure 5-8. UH60A UH60L EH60A Cable W3 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-24

Page 122: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

55A 55B

1B2B

3B

4B5B

6B

8B

9B

10B11B12B

13B

14B

15B16B

17B

18B19B

20B

21B

22B

23B

24B

25B26B

27B28B

29B

30B

31B32B33B

34B35B

36B

37B

38B

39B40B

41B

42B

43B

44B

45B

46B47B

48B

49B50B

51B

52B53B

54B

W4

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A /

C H

AR

NE

SS

P42

8R

W5

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

A/ C

HA

RN

ES

S P

422R

(SE

E N

OT

E)

56B

W4

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

4

W5

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

TE

ST

SE

T J

5

A B C D E G H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k m n p q r s t u v w x y z AA

BB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HHF

2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 561

W4

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

SA

S /

FP

S C

OM

PU

TE

R J

111

W5

CO

NN

EC

TO

R:

TO

SA

S /

FP

S C

OM

PU

TE

R J

121

56A

1A

2A

3A

4A

5A6A

8A9A

10A11A

12A13A

14A

15A

16A17A

18A

19A

20A

21A

22A

23A

24A

25A26A

27A28A

29A

30A31A

32A33A34A

35A

36A

37A

38A

39A

40A

41A42A

43A

44A45A

46A47A

48A49A

50A51A

54A

53A

52A

SA

AK

3085

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

J

KL

M

N

PRS

TUVW

X

YZa

bc

de

fg

h

ij

km

npqr

s

tu

v

w

xy

z

AABB

CC

DD

EE

FFGG

HH

F

A

B

C

D

E

G

H

J

KL

M

N

PRS

TUVW

X

YZa

bc

de

fg

h

ij

km

npqr

s

tu

v

w

xy

z

AABB

CC

DD

EE

FFGG

HH

F

(SE

E N

OT

E)

(SEE NOTE)

NO

TE

C

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D O

N B

AC

K−

SH

ELL

OF

CO

NN

EC

TO

R.

Figure 5-9. UH60A UH60L EH60A Cables W4 and W5 Wiring Diagram

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-25

Page 123: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3086_1

C D E FBA G H A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W−1

11−2

2 (J

211)

−112

−22

(J21

2)

−113

−22

(J21

3)

−114

−20

(E 1

)

−115

−20

(J21

5)

−116

−20

(J21

6)

−117

−20

(J21

7)

−118

−20

(J21

8)

−56−

22 (

J156

)

−58−

22 (

J158

)

−59−

22 (

J159

)

−60−

22 (

J160

)

−61−

22 (

J161

)

−117

A20

(J21

7)

−63−

22 (

J163

)

−65−

22 (

J165

)

−66−

22 (

J166

)

−67−

22 (

J167

)

−68−

22 (

J168

)

−69−

22 (

J169

)

−70−

22 (

J170

)

−71−

22 (

J171

)

−72−

22 (

J172

)

−73−

22 (

J173

)

−74−

22 (

J174

)

−75−

22 (

J175

)

−114

−20

(J6−

D)

−114

A20

(J2

14)

J5J6

J181J182J183J184J185

85−2

2 (J

5−g)

84−2

2 (J

5−f)

83−2

2 (J

5−e)

82−2

2 (J

5−d)

81−2

2 (J

5−c)

J127J128J129J130

30−2

2 (J

4−g)

29−2

2 (J

4−f)

28−2

2 (J

4−e)

27−2

2 (J

4−d)

LEGEND

WIRE DESIGNATION IS AS SHOWNBELOW.

WIRE GAGE

17−22 (J117)

WIRE NUMBER DESTINATION

WIRE

E1

Figure 5-10. Test Set, Upper Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-26

Page 124: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3086_2

X ZY

−77−

22 (

J177

)

−78−

22 (

J178

)

−76−

22 (

J176

)

J210

110−

22 (

J5−H

H)

J180

80−2

2 (J

5−b)

J126

26−2

2 (J

4−c)

b c d e f g h i j k m n p q r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EEa

−80−

22 (

J180

)

−81−

22 (

J181

)

−79−

22 (

179)

−82−

22 (

J182

)

−83−

22 (

J183

)

−84−

22 (

J184

)

−85−

22 (

J185

)

−86−

22 (

J186

)

−87−

22 (

J187

)

−88−

22 (

188)

−89−

22 (

189)

−90−

22 (

J190

)

−91−

22 (

J191

)

−92−

22 (

J192

)

−93−

22 (

J193

)

−94−

22 (

J194

)

−96−

22 (

J196

)

−97−

22 (

J197

)

−98−

22 (

J198

)

−99−

22 (

J199

)

−100

−22

(J20

0)

−101

−22

(J20

1)

−103

−22

(J20

3)

−104

−22

(J20

4)

−105

−22

(J20

5)

−106

−22

(J20

6)

J214J215J216J217J218

118−

20 (

J6−H

)

117−

20 (

J6−G

)

116−

20 (

J6−F

)

115−

20 (

J6−E

)

114A

20 (

E1)

117A

20 (

J5−G

)

117B

20 (

J4−G

)

J200J201J203J204J205J206J208J209

101−

22 (

J5−y

)

100−

22 (

J5−x

)

104−

22 (

J5−B

B)

103−

22 (

J5−A

A)

106−

22 (

J5−D

D)

105−

22 (

J5−C

C)

109−

22 (

J5−G

G)

108−

22 (

J5−F

F)

J170J171J172J173J174J175J176J177J178J179

79−2

2 (J

5−a)

78−2

2 (J

5−Z

)

77−2

2 (J

5−Y

)

76−2

2 (J

5−X

)

75−2

2 (J

5−W

)

74−2

2 (J

5−V

)

73−2

2 (J

5−U

)

72−2

2 (J

5−T

)

71−2

2 (J

5−S

)

70−2

2 (J

5−R

)

J145J149J150J151J152J153J154J155 J147

55−2

2 (J

4−H

H)

54−2

2 (J

4−G

G)

53−2

2 (J

4−F

F)

52−2

2 (J

4−E

E)

51−2

2 (J

4−D

D)

50−2

2 (J

4−C

C)

49−2

2 (J

4−B

B)

47−2

2 (J

4−z)

45−2

2 (J

4−x)

J115J117J119J120J121J122J123J124J125

25−2

2 (J

4−b)

24−2

2 (J

4−a)

23−2

2 (J

4−Z

)

22−2

2 (J

4−Y

)

21−2

2 (J

4−X

)

20−2

2 (J

4−W

)

19−2

2 (J

4−V

)

17−2

2 (J

4−T

)

15−2

2 (J

4−R

)

Figure 5-10. Test Set, Upper Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-27

Page 125: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J4 A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d

1−22

(J1

01)

2−22

(J1

02)

3−22

(J1

03)

4−22

(J1

04)

5−22

(J1

05)

6−22

(J1

06)

117B

20 (

J217

)

8−22

(J1

08)

9−22

(J1

09)

10−2

2 (J

110)

11−2

2 (J

111)

12−2

2 (J

112)

13−2

2 (J

113)

14−2

2 (J

114)

15−2

2 (J

115)

17−2

2 (J

117)

19−2

2 (J

119)

20−2

2 (J

120)

21−2

2 (J

121)

22−2

2 (J

122)

23−2

2 (J

123)

24−2

2 (J

124)

25−2

2 (J

125)

26−2

2 (J

126)

27−2

2 (J

127)

J212 J211

J198 J197 J196 J194 J193 J192 J191 J190 J189

J168 J167 J166 J165 J163 J161 J160 J159

J143 J142 J141 J140 J139 J138 J137

J113 J112 J111 J110 J109 J108 J106 J105 J104

13−2

2 (J

4−N

)

12−2

2 (J

4−M

)

11−2

2 (J

4−L)

10−2

2 (J

4−K

)

9−22

(J4

−J)

8−22

(J4

−H)

43−2

2 (J

4−v)

42−2

2 (J

4−u)

41−2

2 (J

4−t)

40−2

2 (J

4−s)

39−2

2 (J

4−r)

38−2

2 (J

4−q)

37−2

2 (J

4−p)

6−22

(J4

−F)

5−22

(J4

−E)

4−22

(J4

−D)

68−2

2 (J

5−N

)

65−2

2 (J

5−K

)

63−2

2 (J

5−H

)

61−2

2 (J

5−F

)

60−2

2 (J

5−E

)

59−2

2 (J

5−D

)

67−2

2 (J

5−M

)

66−2

2 (J

5−L)

98−2

2 (J

5−v)

97−2

2 (J

5−u)

96−2

2 (J

5−t)

94−2

2 (J

5−r)

93−2

2 (J

5−q)

92−2

2 (J

5−p)

91−2

2 (J

5−n)

90−2

2 (J

5−m

)

89−2

2 (J

5−k)

112−

22 (

J6−B

)

111−

22 (

J6−A

)

SAAK3086_3

FF GG HH

−108

−22

(J20

8)

−109

−22

(J20

9)

−110

−22

(J21

0)

J213

113−

22 (

J6−C

)

J199

99−2

2 (J

5−w

)

J169

69−2

2 (J

5−P

)

J144

44−2

2 (J

4−w

)

J114

14−2

2 (J

4−P

)

Figure 5-10. Test Set, Upper Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-28

Page 126: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

e f g h i j k m n p q r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH

28−2

2 (J

128)

29−2

2 (J

129)

30−2

2 (J

130)

31−2

2 (J

131)

32−2

2 (J

132)

33−2

2 (J

133)

37−2

2 (J

137)

38−2

2 (J

138)

39−2

2 (J

139)

40−2

2 (J

140)

41−2

2 (J

141)

42−2

2 (J

142)

43−2

2 (J

143)

44−2

2 (J

144)

45−2

2 (J

145)

47−2

2 (J

147)

49−2

2 (J

149)

50−2

2 (J

150)

51−2

2 (J

151)

52−2

2 (J

152)

53−2

2 (J

153)

54−2

2 (J

154)

55−2

2 (J

155)

J188 J187 J186

J158 J156

J133 J132 J131

J103 J102 J101

3−22

(J4

−C)

2−22

(J4

−B)

1−22

(J4

−A)

33−2

2 (J

4−j)

32−2

2 (J

4−i)

31−2

2 (J

4−h)

88−2

2 (J

5−j)

87−2

2 (J

5−i)

86−2

2 (J

5−h)

58−2

2 (J

5−C

)

56−2

2 (J

5−A

)

SAAK3086_4

Figure 5-10. Test Set, Upper Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-29

Page 127: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

JUMPERNO.

JUMPER LIST

AWGTERMINATIONS

FROM TO22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

LEGEND

WIRE DESIGNATION IS AS SHOWNBELOW.

WIRE GAGE

102A22 (XDS17−2)

WIRENUMBER

TERMINALIDENTIFICATION

NOTES

1. ALL ROTARY SWITCHES ARE SHOWNAS VIEWED FROM THE REAR.

2. GANGED SWITCHES HAVE SECTIONNEAREST KNOB IDENTIFIED BY LETTER"A", OTHER SECTIONS IN SEQUENCE"B", "C", ETC.

JUMPERNO.

JUMPER LIST

AWGTERMINATIONS

FROM TO

77

78 22

26 22

31 22

22

JUMPERNO.

JUMPER LIST

AWGTERMINATIONS

FROM TO

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

62 22

63 22

60 22

61 22

66 22

67 22

68 22

69 22

70 22

71 22

72 22

73 22

74 22

75 22

22

22

32 22

33 22

34 22

35 22

22

76 22S3−2 S3−5

S3−3 S3−4

S3−4 S3−9

S3−9 S3−11

S3−10 S3−8

S10−6 S10−4

S10−4 S10−2

S9−6 S9−4

S9−4 S9−2

S7−2 S7−5

S20−2 S20−3

S20−3 S20−9

S19−2 S19−3

S19−5 S19−6

S19−8 S19−9

S16−A2 S16−A5

S16−A5 S16−A6

S16−A6 S16−A7

S16−A3 S16−A4

S16−B2 S16−B4

S16−B4 S16−B6

S16−B6 S16−B7

S16−B3 S16−B5

S16−C1 S16−C4

S16−C2 S16−C3

S16−C3 S16−C5

S16−C6 S16−C7

S15−A1 S15−A5

S15−A6 S15−A2

S15−A2 S15−B2

S15−B2 S15−B3

S15−B3 S15−B5

S15−A4 S15−A3

S15−A3 S15−A11

S15−A11 S15−A9

S15−A7 S15−A10

S15−B1 S15−B4

S2−3 S2−4

S2−4 S2−9

S2−9 S2−11

S2−5 S2−10

S1−A2 S1−A3

S1−A3 S1−A4

S1−A4 S1−A5

S1−A5 S1−CC1

S1−B2 S1−B4

S1−B3 S1−B5

S1−B5 S1−C4

S1−D2 S1−D3

S1−D3 S1−D4

S1−C4 S1−C3

S1−C2 S1−C5

A4−G4 A4−G5

A4−G5 A4−G6

A4−G6 A4−G7

A4−G7 A4−G8

A4−G8 A4−G9

A4−H3 A4−H4

A4−H4 A4−H5

A4−H5 A4−H6

A4−H6 A4−H7

A4−H7 A4−H8

A4−H8 A4−H9

K1−B1 K1−X2

S16−A4 S16−B5

S16−A2 S16−C2

S15−A8 S15−A12

AC

AC

+

TC

1

3

25

4

OUT

OUT

PS1

T1

21A22 (FL1−2)

330C22 (K1−B2)

1A22 (A4−9G)

8E22 (J81)

8F22 (XA2−M)

8G22 (S12−2)

2A22 (A4−9H)

11B22 (J36)

11C22 (K1−A3)

183A22 (B1−BLK/WHT)

309G22 (XDS4−1)

309F22 (XA2−S)

309C22 (B1−RED/WHT)

309E22 (K1−B3)

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

10

11

13

15

16

18

19

20

22

23

24

25

27

28

6

9

12

14

17

21

29

30

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

64 22

65 22

S1−D4 S1−D5

S1−D5 S1−BC1

79

96 22

80 22

81 22

82 22

83 22

84 22

85 22

86 22

87 22

88 22

89 22

90 22

94 22

92 22

93 22

91 22

T1−2 T1−5

A3−G4 A3−G5

A3−G5 A3−G6

A3−G6 A3−G7

A3−G7 A3−G8

A3−G8 A3−G9

A3−G9 A3−G10

A3−G10 A3−G11

A3−G11 A3−G12

A3−G12 A3−G13

A3−G13 A3−G14

A3−G14 A3−G15

A3−G21 A3−G22

A3−G16 A3−G17

A3−G17 A3−G20

A3−G15 A3−G16

95

SASAAK3087_1

12

COMPONENTDESIGNATIONAND NUMBER

12

12

12

12

12

12

12

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 15)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-30

Page 128: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

102A

22 (

XD

S17

−2)

53A

22 (

S10

−3)

53B

22 (

J1−W

)

103A

22 (

XD

S19

−2)

54A

22 (

S10

−1)

54B

22 (

J1−q

)

104A

22 (

XD

S21

−2)

52A

22 (

S7−

1)

52B

22 (

J1−H

H)

62A

22 (

XD

S23

−2)

61A

22 (

J59)

61B

22 (

J1−B

B)

64A

22 (

XD

S25

−2)

63A

22 (

J1−G

G)

66A

22 (

XD

S27

−2)

65A

22 (

J61)

65B

22 (

J1−V

)

68A

22 (

XD

S29

−2)

67A

22 (

J1−B

)

70A

22 (

XD

S31

−2)

69A

22 (

J1−s

)

72A

22 (

XD

S33

−2)

71A

22 (

J55)

71B

22 (

J1−E

)

74A

22 (

XD

S35

−2)

73A

22 (

J57)

73B

22 (

J1−D

)

76A

22 (

XD

S37

−2)

75A

22 (

J1−t

)

78A

22 (

XD

S39

−2)

77A

22 (

XA

2−n)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

106A

22 (

XD

S16

−2)

55A

22 (

S9−

3)

55B

22 (

J2−W

)

107A

22 (

XD

S18

−2)

56A

22 (

S9−

1)

56B

22 (

J2−q

)

108A

22 (

XD

S20

−2)

51A

22 (

S7−

4)

51B

22 (

J2−H

H)

84A

22 (

XD

S22

−2)

83A

22 (

J58)

83B

22 (

J2−B

B)

86A

22 (

XD

S24

−2)

85A

22 (

J2−G

G)

88A

22 (

XD

S26

−2)

87A

22 (

J60)

87B

22 (

J2−V

)

90A

22 (

XD

S28

−2)

89A

22 (

J2−B

)

92A

22 (

XD

S30

−2)

91A

22 (

J2−s

)

94A

22 (

XD

S32

−2)

93A

22 (

J54)

93B

22 (

J2−E

)

96A

22 (

XD

S34

−2)

95A

22 (

J56)

95B

22 (

J2−D

)

98A

22 (

XD

S36

−2)

97A

22 (

J2−t

)

100A

22 (

XD

S38

−2)

99A

22 (

XA

2−p)

J

H

G

F

E

A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d f g h i j k m n p

1C22

(A

4−4G

)

2C22

(A

4−3H

)

8V22

(S

PLI

CE

3)

114A

22 (

S6−

3)

123A

22 (

S6−

2)

131A

22 (

R1−

2)

130A

22 (

S1−

B3)

119A

22 (

S3−

3)

116A

22 (

S5−

3)

SPLICE #5

XA1

8W22

(A

4−9D

)

8D22

(J8

1)

SPLICE #3

SAAK3087_2

1TO

SHEET3

A3 TERMINALDESIG

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-31

Page 129: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

302A

22 (

XD

S40

−2)

301A

22 (

S9−

5)

306A

22 (

XD

S45

−2)

308A

22 (

J1−C

)

14A

22 (

S24

−BN

O)

305A

22 (

XD

S42

−2)

310A

22 (

J99)

192A

22 (

XD

S9−

2)

191A

22 (

XA

2−m

)

186A

22 (

XD

S8−

2)

185A

22 (

J3−G

)

13A

22 (

S24

−AN

O)

16 17 20 21 2218 19

303A

22 (

XD

S41

−2)

300A

22 (

S10

−5)

304A

22 (

XD

S43

−2)

312A

22 (

J100

)

307A

22 (

XD

S44

−2)

311A

22 (

J2−C

)

188A

22 (

XD

S7−

2)

187B

22 (

J3−E

)

A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d f g h i j k m n pXA2

10B

22 (

S17

−2)

203B

22 (

J49)

138A

22 (

S2−

11)

139A

22 (

S2−

5)

209A

22 (

J98)

208A

22 (

J97)

2B22

(A

4−H

9)

1B22

(A

4−G

9)

137A

22 (

R2−

2)

8F22

(P

S1−

TC

)

206A

22 (

R8−

2)

207A

22 (

J3−d

)

210A

22 (

J3−c

)

309F

22 (

T1−

2)

8S22

(S

PLI

CE

2)

150A

22 (

R6−

2)

159A

22 (

S15

−B6)

153A

22 (

R7−

2)

167A

22 (

S16

−C6)

8T22

(S

PLI

CE

2)

6D22

(S

11−2

)

219B

22 (

J64)

136B

22 (

J65)

190B

22 (

S23

−C1)

162A

22 (

S16

−B3)

154A

22 (

S15

−A9)

10C

22 (

FL2

−2)

4C22

(S

10−6

)

5B22

(S

9−2)

191A

22 (

A3−

J21)

77A

22 (

A3−

J15)

99A

22 (

A3−

E15

)

SPLICE #2

8R22

(S

16−C

5)

SP

LIC

E #

4

11C22 (T1−1)

4D22 (FL4−2)

20A22 (CB4−1)

9A22 (J1−T)

16B22 (J38)

330B22 (J42)

330C22 (PS1−AC)

9D22 (J83)

309E22 (T1−5)

309D22 (J3−B)

A3 A1

X1 B2

A2 X2

B1 B3

K1

SAAK3087_3

1TO

SHEET2

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-32

Page 130: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

9 7 6 5 4 3 2 18A4

D

A

E

F

G

H

J

B

C

112A

22 (

R4−

1)

110A

22 (

R5−

1)

149A

22 (

R6−

1)

152A

22 (

R7−

1)

204A

22 (

R8−

3)

132A

22 (

R3−

3)

135A

22 (

R2−

3)

148A22 (R6−3)

109A22 (R5−3)

111A22 (R4−3)

1A22 (PS1−(+))

1B22 (XA2−K)

2A22 (PS1−(−))

2B22 (XA2−J)

151A22 (R7−3)

205A22 (R8−1)

133A22 (R3−1)

1C22 (XA1−E)

1D22 (J39)

2C22 (XA1−F)

2D22 (J40)

313A22 (CB3−2)

312AA22 (CB2−2)

311A22 (CB1−2)

337A22 (CB4−2)

21A22 (PS1−AC)

10C22 (XA2−i )

10A22 (S24−AC)

5A22 (S7−5)

4A22 (S10−2)

4D22 (K1−X1)

FL4

1

2

FL3

1

2

FL2

1

2

FL1

1

2

SAAK3087_4

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-33

Page 131: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d f g h i j k m n pJ1 G e q

A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d f g h i j k m nJ3 G e

A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d f g h i j k m nJ2 G e p q

p q

312B

22 (

J100

)

67A

22 (

A3−

J10)

308A

22 (

A3−

J17)

73B

22 (

A3−

J13)

71B

22 (

A3−

J12)

33A

22 (

S14

−3)

38A

22 (

J71)

163B

22 (

J26)

155B

22 (

J20)

39A

22 (

J73)

16A

22 (

J38)

35A

22 (

J53)

34A

22 (

J51)

8A22

(J4

1)

9A22

(K

1−B

1)

17A

22 (

CB

3−1)

65B

22 (

A3−

J9)

53B

22 (

A3−

J4)

218A

22 (

J79)

128B

22 (

J4)

118B

22 (

J16)

407A

22 (

J109

)

142B

22 (

J12)

117B

22 (

J17)

406A

22 (

J106

)

408A

22 (

J108

)

216A

22 (

J75)

40A

22 (

J84)

54B

22 (

A3−

J5)

310B

22 (

J99)

89A

22 (

A3−

E10

)

311A

22 (

A3−

E20

)

95B

22 (

A3−

E13

)

93B

22 (

A3−

E12

)

42A

22 (

S13

−3)

47A

22 (

J70)

165B

22 (

J28)

157B

22 (

J22)

48A

22 (

J72)

18A

22 (

J37)

44A

22 (

J52)

43A

22 (

J50)

6A22

(J8

0)

7B22

(J8

2)

19A

22 (

CB

2−1)

87B

22 (

A3−

E9)

55B

22 (

A3−

E4)

215A

22 (

J78)

127B

22 (

J6)

121B

22 (

J18)

125A

22 (

S1−

AC

1)

140B

22 (

J14)

120B

22 (

J19)

405A

22 (

J105

)

409B

22 (

J107

)

213A

22 (

J74)

56B

22 (

A3−

E5)

11A

22 (

XD

S4−

2)

309D

22 (

K1−

B3)

15A

22 (

CB

1−1)

202A

22 (

S20

−C2)

187B

22 (

A3−

E22

)

185A

22 (

A3−

J22)

199A

22 (

J92)

200A

22 (

J91)

160B

22 (

J24)

190A

22 (

S23

−C1)

168B

22 (

J30)

8B22

(J4

1)

201A

22 (

J93)

3A22

(J9

5)

194A

22 (

J85)

171A

22 (

S16

−D7)

170A

22 (

S16

−DC

1)

181B

22 (

J96)

182B

22 (

J122

)

172B

22 (

J43)

195A

22 (

J88)

177B

22 (

J45)

210A

22 (

XA

2−R

)

207A

22 (

XA

2−P

)

193A

22 (

J86)

197A

22 (

J90)

198A

22 (

J89)

196A

22 (

J87)

179B

22 (

J47)S

PLI

CE

#6

SP

LIC

E #

7

SP

LIC

E #

9

SP

LIC

E #

8

SP

LIC

E #

11

SP

LIC

E #

1027

B22

(J1

17)

26B

22 (

J118

)

31A

22 (

J123

)

29A

22 (

J94)

30A

22 (

J124

)

SAAK3087_5

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 5)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-34

Page 132: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP

r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP

r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH

217A

22 (

J77)

69A

22 (

A3−

J11)

75A

22 (

A3−

J14)

502A

22 (

J113

)

37A

22 (

J69)

146B

22 (

J8)

402A

22 (

J102

)

164B

22 (

J27)

61B

22 (

A3−

J7)

300B

22 (

S10

−5)

32A

22 (

S12

−3)

36A

22 (

J67)

136A

22 (

J65)

63A

22 (

A3−

J8)

52B

22 (

A3−

J6)

156B

22 (

J21)

129B

22 (

J5)

147B

22 (

J9)

143B

22 (

J13)

214A

22 (

J76)

91A

22 (

A3−

E11

)

97A

22 (

A3−

E14

)

403A

22 (

J103

)

46A

22 (

J68)

144B

22 (

J10)

401A

22 (

J101

)

166B

22 (

J29)

83B

22 (

A3−

E7)

301B

22 (

S9−

5)

41A

22 (

S11

−3)

45A

22 (

J66)

219A

22 (

J64)

85A

22 (

A3−

E8)

51B

22 (

A3−

E6)

158B

22 (

J23)

126B

22 (

J7)

145B

22 (

J11)

141B

22 (

J15)

161B

22 (

J25)

169B

22 (

J31)

189A

22 (

S23

−2)

173B

22 (

J44)

178B

22 (

J46)

180B

22 (

J48)

330A

22 (

J42)

E1

SAAK3087_6

404A

22 (

J104

)

510A

22 (

S1D

−1)

503A

22 (

J121

)

511A

22 (

S1A

−1)

501A

22 (

J114

)

25B

22 (

J119

)

24B

22 (

J120

)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 6)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-35

Page 133: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J4

J5

J6

J7

J8

J9

J10

J11

J12

J13

J14

J26

J27

J28

J29

J30

J31

J32

J39

J40

J41

J42

J15

J16

J17

J18

J19

J20

J21

J22

J23

J24

J25

128A22 (S1−CC1)

128B22 (J1−Z)

129A22 (S1−C1)

129B22 (J1−LL)

127A22 (S1−BC1)

127B22 (J2−Z)

126A22 (S1−B1)

126B22 (J2−LL)

146A22 (S2−C1)

146B22 (J1−w)

147B22 (J1−MM)

147A22 (S2−1)

144A22 (S2−C2)

144B22 (J2−w)

145B22 (J2−MM)

145A22 (S2−7)

142A22 (S3−C1)

142B22 (J1−d)

143A22 (S3−1)

143B22 (J1−NN)

140A22 (S3−C2)

140B22 (J2−d)

141B22 (J2−NN)

141A22 (S3−7)

118A22 (S5−C1)

118B22 (J1−a)

117A22 (S5−1)

117B22 (J1−e)

121A22 (S4−C1)

121B22 (J2−a)

120A22 (S4−1)

120B22 (J2−e)

155A22 (S15−AC1)

155B22 (J1−K)

156A22 (S15−A1)

156B22 (J1−KK)

157A22 (S15−AC2)

157B22 (J2−K)

158A22 (S15−A7)

158B22 (J2−KK)

160A22 (S15−BC1)

160B22 (J3−K)

161A22 (S15−B1)

161B22 (J3−AA)

163A22 (S16−AC1)

163B22 (J1−J)

164A22 (S16−A1)

164B22 (J1−AA)

165A22 (S16−BC1)

165B22 (J2−J)

166A22 (S16−B1)

166B22 (J2−AA)

168A22 (S16−CC1)

168B22 (J3−M)

169A22 (S16−C1)

169B22 (J3−BB)

12A22 (S4−10)

12B22 (S5−10)

12C22 (SPLICE #1)

1F22 (R1−1)

1D22 (A4−4G)

2F22 (R1−3)

2E22 (S23−3)

2D22 (A4−3H)

8A22 (J1−R)

8B22 (J3−N)

8C22 (J81)

330B22 (K1−B2)

330A22 (E1)

SAAK3087_7

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 7)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-36

Page 134: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J43

J44

J45

J46

J47

J48

J49

J64

J65

J50

J51

J52

J53

J54

J55

J56

J57

J71

J72

J73

J74

J75

J76

J77

J78

J66

J67

J68

J69

J70

J58

J59

J60

J61

172A22 (S19−C1)

172B22 (J3−Z)

173A22 (S19−1)

173B22 (J3−DD)

177A22 (S19−C2)

177B22 (J3−b)

178A22 (S19−4)

178B22 (J3−EE)

179A22 (S19−C3)

179B22 (J3−j)

180A22 (S19−7)

180B22 (J3−FF)

203A22 (S20−2)

203B22 (XA2−B)

43A22 (J2−P)

34A22 (J1−P)

44A22 (J2−N)

35A22 (J1−N)

93A22 (A3−E12)

71A22 (A3−J12)

95A22 (A3−E13)

73A22 (A3−J13)

83A22 (A3−E7)

61A22 (A3−J7)

87A22 (A3−E9)

65A22 (A3−J9)

219A22 (J2−FF)

219B22 (XA2−c)

136A22 (J1−FF)

136B22 (XA2−d)

45A22 (J2−EE)

36A22 (J1−EE)

46A22 (J2−v)

37A22 (J1−v)

47A22 (J2−H)

38A22 (J1−H)

48A22 (J2−L)

39A22 (J1−L)

213A22 (J2−k)

216A22 (J1−k)

214A22 (J2−r)

217A22 (J1−r)

215A22 (J2−X)

J80

J81

J93

J82

J83

J87

J88

J89

J90

J91

J92

J79

J84

J85

J86

218A22 (J1−X)

6A22 (J2−R)

6B22 (S13−2)

6E22 (S4−2)

8C22 (J41)

8D22 (SPLICE #3)

8E22 (PSI−TC)

7A22 (XDS5−1)

7B22 (J2−T)

7D22 (XDS44−1)

9D22 (K1−X2)

9L22 (XDS3−1)

9H22 (XDS45−1)

40A22 (J1−p)

194A22 (J3−S)

193A22 (J3−e)

196A22 (J3−h)

195A22 (J3−a)

198A22 (J3−g)

197A22 (J3−f)

200A22 (J3−J)

199A22 (J3−H)

201A22 (J3−P)

201B22 (S20−C1)

SAAK3087_8

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 8)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-37

Page 135: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J94

J95

J107

J108

J96

J97

J98

J99

J100

J101

J102

J103

J104

J105

J106

29A22 (J3−m)

208A22 (XA2−H)

209A22 (XA2−F)

310A22 (A3−J20)

310B22 (J2−A)

312A22 (A3−E17)

312B22 (J1−A)

401A22 (J2−z)

402A22 (J1−z)

403A22 (J2−u)

404A22 (J1−u)

405A22 (J2−g)

406A22 (J1−g)

409B22 (J2−j)

1

23

R1

2

3 1

R2

2

3 1

R3

1

23

R4

1

23

R5

2

3 1

R6

2

3 1

R7

1

23

R8

1

2

2

1

1

2

XDS1

J33

CB1

14

14

14

XDS4

J36

1G22 (S23−1)

1F22 (J39)

131A22 (XA1−g)

2F22 (J40)

137A22 (XA2−L)

8K22 (S1C−2)

8J22 (S14−2)

135A22 (A4−3J)

134A22 (S3−11)

133A22 (A4−4F)

132A22 (A4−4J)

111A22 (A4−9F)

112A22 (A4−9J)

113A22 (S6−1)

109A22 (A4−8F)

110A22 (A4−8J)

114B22 (S6−3)

150A22 (XA2−W)

149A22 (A4−7J)

148A22 (A4−7F)

153A22 (XA2−Y)

152A22 (A4−6J)

151A22 (A4−6F)

204A22 (A4−5J)

205A22 (A4−5F)

206A22 (XA2−N)

309N22 (XDS9−1)

311C22

311B22

311A22 (FL2−1)

15A22 (J3−C)

309G22 (T1−2)

309H22 (XDS7−1)

11A22 (J3−A)

11D22

11B22 (T1−1)

3A22 (J3−R)

181A22 (S19−C4)

181B22 (J3−X)

408A22 (J1−j)

J109

J110

407B22 (S1−DC1)

407A22 (J1−c)

125B22 (S1−AC1)SA

AK3087_9

J111

J112

32B22 (S12−1)

41B22 (S11−1)

401B22 (J116)

402B22 (J115)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 9)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-38

Page 136: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1

2

XDS2

J34

2

1

CB2

14

14

14

1

2

XDS5

J37

1

2

XDS3

J35

2

1

CB3

14

14

14

1

2

XDS6

J38

1

2

CB4

14

14

7C22 (XDS5−1)

312C22

312B22

312AA22 (FL3−1)

19A22 (J2−U)

7C22 (XDS2−1)

7A22 (J82)

18B22

18A22 (J2−M)

9L22 (J83)

9T22 (XDS6−1)

313C22

313B22

313A22 (FL4−1)

17A22 (J1−U)

9T22 (XDS3−1)

16C22

16A22 (J1−M)

16B22 (K1−A1)

20A22 (K1−A2)

337A22 (FL1−1)

SAAK3087_10

J113

J114

J115

J116

J122

J123

J124

J117

J118

J119

J120

J121

502A22 (J1−y)

501A22 (J2−y)

402B22 (J102)

401B22 (J101)

27B22 (J1−S)

26A22 (S21−1)

26B22 (J2−S)

25A22 (S18−1)

25B22 (J3−S)

24A22 (S17−1)

24B22 (J3−t)

503A22 (J1−PP)

182A22 (S19−12)

182B22 (J3−Y)

31A22 (J3−k)

30A22 (J3−p)

27A22 (S22−1)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 10)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-39

Page 137: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1

2

1

2

XDS21

7V22

XDS16

7S22

1

2

XDS18

7R22

1

2

XDS20

7P22

1

2

XDS22

7N22

1

2

XDS24

7M22

1

2

XDS26

7L22

1

2

XDS28

7K22

1

2

XDS30

7J22

1

2

XDS32

1

2

1

2

XDS37

9YY

22

XDS35

9ZZ

22

1

2

XDS33

9AC

22

1

2

XDS31

9AB

22

1

2

XDS29

9AA

22

1

2

XDS279Z

22

1

2

XDS25

9Y22

1

2

XDS23

9W22

1

2

XDS19

9V22

1

2

XDS17

1

2

1

2

XDS39

9AE

22

XDS41

9AF

22

1

2

XDS43

9AG

22

1

2

XDS45

1

2

XDS44

7T22

1

2

XDS42

7U22

1

2

XDS40

7E22

1

2

XDS38

7F22

1

2

XDS36

7G22

1

2

XDS34

7H22

104A22 (A3−H6)

106A22 (A3−F4)

107A22 (A3−F5)

108A22 (A3−F6)

84A22 (A3−F7)

86A22 (A3−F8)

88A22 (A3−F9)

90A22 (A3−F10)

92A20 (A3−F11)

94A22 (A3−F12)

9AD22

78A22 (A3−H15)

303A22 (A3−F16)

304A22 (A3−F17)

9H22 (J83)

306A22 (A3−H17)

7D22 (J82)

307A22 (A3−F20)

305A22 (A3−H20)

302A22 (A3−H16)

100A22 (A3−F15)

98A22 (A3−F14)

96A22 (A3−F13)

76A22 (A3−H14)

74A22 (A3−H13)

72A22 (A3−H12)

70A22 (A3−H11)

68A22 (A3−H10)

66A22 (A3−H9)

64A22 (A3−H8)

62A22 (A3−H7)

103A22 (A3−H5)

102A22 (A3−H4)

SAAK3087_11

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 11)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-40

Page 138: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1

2

1

2

XDS730

9J22

XDS8

1

2

XDS9

4 1

25

6 3

S14

4 1

25

6 3

S13

4 1

25

6 3

S12

4 1

25

6 3

S11

309H22 (XDS4−1)

188A22 (A3−F22)

309K22 (XDS9−1)

186A22 (A3−H22)

309K22 (XDS8−1)

309N22 (XDS1−1)

192A22 (A3−H21)

8J22 (R2−1)

8H22 (S12−2)

33A22 (J1−G)

6C22 (S11−2)

6B22 (J80)

42A22 (J2−G)

8G22 (PS1−TC)

8H22 (S14−2)

32B22 (J111)

6C22 (S13−2)

6D22 (XA2−b)

41B22 (J112)

1 4

52

3 6

S10

1 4

52

3 6

S9

3 6

52

1 4

S7

1 4

52

3 6

S6

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

C NC NO

NONCC

5C22

S2

B

A

S24

300B22 (J1−CC)

300A22 (A3−E16)

4C22 (XA2−j)

301B22 (J2−CC)

301A22 (A3−J16)

5A22 (FL3−2)

51A22 (A3−E6)

139A22 (XA2−E)

146A22 (J8)

147A22 (J9)

138A22 (XA2−D)

144A22 (J10)

145A22 (J11)

14A22 (A3−G17)

13A22 (A3−G22)

54A22 (A3−J5)

4B22 (S24−BC)

4A22 (FL4−2)

53A22 (A3−J4)

56A22 (A3−E5)

5B22 (XA2−k)

55A22 (A3−E4)

52A22 (A3−J6)

113A22 (R4−2)

123A22 (XA1−c)

114A22 (XA1−a)

114B22 (R5−2)

4B22 (S10−2)

10A22 (FL2−2)

10E22 (S18−2)

32A22 (J1−DD)

41A22 (J2−DD)

4G22 (S21−2)

SAAK3087_12

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 12)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-41

Page 139: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

DECKC

DECKB

DECKA

S1

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

S23

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

S20

6K22 (S15−A8)

8U22 (S3−2)

129A22 (J5)

128A22 (J4)

130A22 (XA1−k)

126A22 (J7)

127A22 (J6)

511A22 (J2−JJ)

125A22 (J2−c)

190A22 (J3−L)

190B22 (XA2−f)

2E22 (J40)

189A22 (J3−CC)

1G22 (R1−1)

201B22 (J93)

203A22 (J49)

202A22 (J3−D)

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

DECKD

DECKC

DECKB

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1DECK

A

S16

170A22 (J3−V)

171A22 (J3−U)

8R22 (SPLICE #2)

169A22 (J31)

168A22 (J30)

167A22 (XA2−Z)

162A22 (XA2−g)

6G22 (S3−10)

166A22 (J29)

165A22 (J28)

6J22 (S15−A12)

164A22 (J27)

163A22 (J26)

8P22 (S15−B5)

SAAK3087_13

125B22 (J110)

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1DECK

D

510A22 (J1−JJ)

407B22 (J109)

8K22 (R2−1)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 13)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-42

Page 140: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

DECKB

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

DECKA

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

S5

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

S4

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C1

C2

S3

34

5

6

2

1

12

11

109

8

7

C2

C4

C1

C3

S19

ROTOR

STATOR S3

S1

S2

R1

R2

B1

BLUE

YELLOW

BLACK

RED / WHT

BLK / WHT

8P22 (S16−A7)

160A22 (J24)

161A22 (J25)

159A22 (XA2−X)

158A22 (J23)

8N22 (S5−2)

155A22 (J20)

156A22 (J21)

6J22 (S16−B7)

154A22 (XA2−h)

6K22 (S1−B4)

157A22 (J22)

116A22 (XA1−p)

118A22 (J16)

8M22 (S3−5)

117A22 (J17)

6F22 (S3−8)

120A22 (J19)

8U22 (S1−C2)

143A22 (J13)

134A22 (R3−2)

6G22 (S16−B2)

140A22 (J14)

174A22 (B1−S3)

172A22 (J43)

173A22 (J44)

182A22 (J94)

181A22 (J96)

176A22 (B1−S2)

175A22 (S19−6)

174A22 (S19−3)

176A22 (S19−9)

121A22 (J18)

119A22 (XA1−n)

142A22 (J12)

8M22 (S5−2)

141A22 (J15)

6F22 (S4−2)

178A22 (J46)

177A22 (J45)

175A22 (B1−S1)

180A22 (J48)

179A22 (J47)

309C22 (T1−5)

183A22 (T1−3)

S15

SPLICE #12

SPLICE #15SPLICE #13

SPLICE #14SPLICE #16

SAAK3087_14

6E22 (J80)

8N22 (S15−A6)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 14)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-43

Page 141: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1 4

52

3 6

S17

SAAK3087_15

24A22 (J120)

10B22 (XA2−A)

10D

22

1 4

52

3 6

S18

25A22 (J119)

10E22 (S24−AC)

1 4

52

3 6

S21

26A22 (J118)

4G22 (S24−BC)

4F22

1 4

52

3 6

S22

27A22 (J117)

Figure 5-11. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Wiring Diagram (Sheet 15)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-44

Page 142: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 143: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_1

NOTES

1. ALL RESISTANCE IS IN OHMS, 1/8WATT, 1% UNLESS OTHERWISEINDICATED.

2. ALL CAPACITANCE IS IN UF.

3. ALL DIODES ARE 1N645A UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.

J3

C28 VDC

J2

U28 VDC

J1

U28 VDC

2AMP

2AMP

2AMP

STAB1 STAB2 SAS

J35 J34 J33P1 P2 P3

CB1

CB2

CB321

21

21

1 2G

1 2G

1 2GDS3 DS2 DS1

28 VDC

J3

A115 VAC

P3J2

M115 VAC

P2J1

M115 VAC

P1

J38

DS6

R

STAB1 STAB2 SAS

J37

DS5

R

J36

DS4

R

115 VAC 400 HZ

J3

B

P3

P3

P1

P1

X2X1

B1

B3

A1

A3

B2

K1

A2

P1

1AMP

PWRGND

TEST SET

CB4

P1

FL1

E1

J42

+OUT

T / C

−OUT

ACAC

PSI

FL4

MANUALSLEW 1

115 VACSAS

LAMPTEST

PTT−2

PTT−1G17

G22

PART OF A3

S24

C(B)

(A)

NC

NO

CNC

NO

P1 P2 P3

4. P

S

INDICATES POWER GROUND.INDICATES SIGNAL GROUND.

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 18)

TM 1-6625-735-14

(5-45 Blank)/5-46

Page 144: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_2

FL2

FL3

28 VDCSAS

MANUALSLEW 2

+15 VDC

−15 VDC

SIG GND

J41

J40

J39

PART OF A1

S1

15 VDC

−15 VDCF

R

E

PART OF A2

S1

15 VDC

−15 VDCJ

T

K

PART OF A4

15 VDC

−15 VDC9W

9G

S1

15 VDC

−15 VDC

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-47

Page 145: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_3

P1

CR16

CR16A

F16

DS41

2 1

NO. 1

E16

G16

PART OF A3

PTT−1

P1

CR17B

CR17A

H17

DS45

2 1J17

G17

P1

CR17C

CR17D

F17

DS43

2 1E17

G17

P1

CR4B

CR4A

H4

DS17

2 1J4

G4

P1

CR5B

CR5A

H5

DS19

2 1J5

G5

P2

CR6B

CR6A

H6

DS21

2 1J6

G6

P1

CR7B

CR7A

H7

DS23

2 1J7

G7

P1

CR8B

CR8A

H8

DS25

2 1J8

G8

P1

CR9B

CR9A

H9

DS27

2 1J9

G9

INTLK 28

INDICATORS

HOT SLEW

INTLK 28 OS

INTLK 28

SLEW UP

SLEW DN

RESET

AUTO ENGA

AUTO ENGA

AUTO ENGA OS

DRVR SPLY

DRVR SPLY

J1

CC

C

A

W

q

HH

BB

GG

V

J2

CC

C

A

W

q

HH

BB

GG

V

PART OF A3

J100

J59

J61

INTLK 28

AUTO ENGA

DRVR SPLY

PTT−1

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

NO. 2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

DS40

DS44

DS42

H16

F20

H20

CR16C

CR16B

CR20C

CR20D

CR20B

CR20A

G16

J16

G20

E20

G20

J20

DS16

DS18

DS20

F4

F5

F6

CR4C

CR4D

CR5C

CR5D

CR6C

CR6D

G4

E4

G5

E5

G6

E6

DS22

DS24

DS26

F7

F8

F9

CR7C

CR7D

CR8C

CR8D

CR9C

CR9D

G7

E7

G8

E8

G9

E9

J58

J60

J99

12345678

TOSHEET

6

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 3)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-48

Page 146: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_4

P1

CR10B

CR10A

H10

DS29

2 1

NO. 1

J10

G10

PART OF A3

PTT−1

P1

2 1

P1

2 1

P1

2 1

P1

2 1

P1

2 1

INDICATORS

J1

PART OF A3

PTT−1

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2

NO. 2

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

DS28

CR11B

CR11A

H11J11

G11

CR12B

CR12A

H12J12

G12

CR13B

CR13A

H13J13

G13

CR14B

CR14A

H14J14

G14

CR15A

CR15B

H15G15

J15

DRVR SPLY OS

UP LIMIT

STAB UP

STAB DN

STAB DN

STAB UP

DN LIMIT

J55

J57

DS31

DS33

DS30

DS32

DS35 DS34

DS37 DS36

DS39 DS38

F10

CR10C

CR10D

G10

E10

F11

CR11C

CR11D

G11

E11

CR12C

F12

CR12D

G12

E12

G13

E13F13

CR13C

CR13DG14

E14F14

CR14C

CR14D

E15

G15F15

CR15D

CR15C

S1S1 S1

AS SW

NO. 1

R512K,1/4 W,5%

R412K,1/4 W,5%

R6100K,1/4 W,5%

Q32N2907A

Q42N2222A

CR2

PART OF A2

J65

d

j n

a

FF

MANUALSLEW 1

B

s

E

D

t

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

TO SHEET 6

TO SHEET 7

TOSHEET

5

AS SW <60KNOTS

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-49

Page 147: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_5

11

12

13

14

15

16

J2

STAB DN

STAB UP

S2 S2S2

AS SW

NO. 2

CR1

J64

c

kp

b

FF

MANUALSLEW 2

B

s

E

D

t

J54

J56

R212K,1/4 W,5%

R112K,1/4 W,5%

R3100K,1/4 W,5%

Q12N2907A

Q22N222A

PART OF A2

COMPTR TST −

COMPTR TST +

BFR AS SNSR

UP CMD

DN CMD

AS BUFFER

AS BFR OS

P RATE FLTR

LATL ACCLRMFLTR

26 VAC

+15 VDC

−15 VDC

SIG GND

PWR GND

TEST

S1

J102

J104

J106

J51

J53

J67

J69

J71

J73

J75

J77

J79

J81

J83

J84

J1

u

z

g

P

N

EE

v

H

L

k

r

X

R

T

p

S2

J101

J103

J105

J50

J52

J66

J68

J70

J72

J74

J76

J78

J80

J82

J2

u

z

g

P

N

EE

v

H

L

k

r

X

R

T

S1

P1

S2

P2

TOSHEET

4

MH−60KCOMPTRTST (+)

J113 J114y y

MH−60K 26 VAC 2

NO. 1 NO. 2

J115 J116

TEST POINTS

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 5)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-50

Page 148: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_6

123456789

OFF

UP

DN

S10

5

2

6

4

3

1

S9

5

2

6

4

3

1

1 2

MANUAL SLEW

S1

POSN 1NORM

POSN 1INHIBIT

FAULT MONITOR

2

3

1

S2

POSN 2NORM

POSN 2INHIBIT

2

3

1

S1

2

1

3

S2

INHIBIT

2

1

3

J1

G

J2

G

J1

DD

J2

DD

S14 S13 S12 S11

2

5

4

NC

1

NC

OFF

RESETS7

TOSHEET

3

I LIMIT 2NORM

I LIMIT 2INHIBITI LIMIT 1

I LIMIT 1NORM

I LIMITSWITCHED NO. 1

I LIMITSWITCHED NO. 2

J111

J112

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 6)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-51

Page 149: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

U2

−+

R15100K

C5.0150V, 10%

107

6

U2

−+

R20100K

C8.0150V, 10%

121

2

S

S

S

−15 VDCC6.0150V10%

R1733.2K

R19100K

4

S

15 VDC

C7.0150V10%

9

13

PART OF A1

R1633.2K

R14100K

R45K, 10T1 W, 3%

1

3

1

3

2

S6SINGLE

STAB1 & 2

NO. 2UP

NO. 2DN

CW15 VDC

−15 VDC

2

R55K, 10T1 W, 3%

1

3

NO. 1UP

NO. 1DN

CW15 VDC

−15 VDC

2

S1

E8G

E8H

E9G

E9H

R8B1.15K

R8C1.15K

R9B1.15K

R9C1.15K

E8F

E8J

E9F

E9J

SCALING AMPL

a

c

p

n

1

CW−15 VDC

15 VDC

2

S1

E4H

E4G

E4J

E4F

R4C2.74K

R4B2.74K

R35K, 1T1 W, 10%

UP

DN

CLTV STICK POSN

3

PART OF A4

SAAK3088_7

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 7)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-52

Page 150: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

S2

S1

S1

S1

3

2

1

C1

SIM

GND

NORM

NO. 1

S5 J1

S1

J16

a

e

J17

SNSRNO. 1

SIMNO. 1

S2

3

2

1

C1

SIM

GND

NORM

NO. 2

S4 J2

S2

J18

a

e

J19

SNSRNO. 2

SIMNO. 2

S1

4

3

2

1

C1

J1

S1

J12

d

NN

J13

SNSRNO. 1

SIMNO. 1

5

S2 C2

J2

J14

d

NN

J15

SNSRNO. 2

SIMNO. 210

9

8

7

11

STAB 2

STAB 1

STAB 1&2

GND

SIM

NORM

S3

SAAK3088_8

SCALING AMPL

CLTV STICK POSN

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 8)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-53

Page 151: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J1

NORM

TEST

PITCH 1TEST MONITOR

S22

4

5

2

1

J117

NORM

TEST

PITCH 2TEST MONITOR

S21

4

5

2

1

J118

J3NORM

TEST

ROLLTEST MONITOR

S

S18

4

5

2

1

J119

NORM

TEST

YAWTEST MONITOR

S17

4

5

2

1

J120

ROLL

YAW

t

28 VDC SAS

RATE GYRO TEST

PITCH 1

PITCH 2

S

J2

S

TOSHEET

4

SAAK3088_9

PPSELT TESTENABLE

J121J1

10

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 9)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-54

Page 152: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

U3

−+

107

6

U3

−+

121

2

S

S

S

S

9

13

4

15 VDC

−15 VDC

C10.0150V10%

C11.0150V10%

R20100K

C9.0150V, 10%

C12.0150V, 10%

S

−15 VDC

R275.49K

R261.00K

R25100K

R2449.9K

R28100K

R22100K

R2349.9K

PART OF A2

S1

S2

E

DL

17

18

TOSHEET

11

SAAK3088_10

1

CW−15 VDC

2

S1

E3H E3J

R25K, 1T1 W, 10%

3

S1

INCR

DECR

AS SENSOR

PART OF A4

R3C1.15K

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 10)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-55

Page 153: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_11

17

18

4

3

2

1

C1

J1

S1

J8

w

MM

J9

SNSRNO. 1

SIMNO. 1

5

C2

J2

S2

J10

w

MM

J11

SNSRNO. 2

SIMNO. 2

10

9

8

7

11

STAB 2

STAB 1

STAB 1&2OFF

SIM

NORM

U3

−+

121

2

S

S

S

9

13

4

15 VDC

−15 VDC

C10.0150V10%

C11.0150V10%

R27100K

C12.0150V, 10%

PART OF A1

R26100K

R2433.2K

S1

kg

1

CW

2

S1

R15K, 10T1 W, 3%

3−15 VDC

15 VDC

ACTR POSNUP

ACTR POSNDN

S2

ACTR POSN

TOSHEET

10 AS SENSOR

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 11)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-56

Page 154: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_12

S1

J1

SNSRNO. 1

SIMNO. 1

SNSRNO. 2

SIMNO. 2

STAB 2

STAB 1

STAB 1&2

GND

SIM

NORM

3

4

5

2

1

AC

S1

3

4

5

2

1

J5 J4

S1

3

4

5

2

1

J7

LL

J2

BFR ACTRPOSN NO. 1

BFR ACTRPOSN NO. 2

Z

c

J108

c

LL

Z

j

J107

1

3CW15 VDC

−15 VDC

2

S1

E6G

E6H

R6B4.75K

R6C4.75K

E6F

E6J

PART OF A4

R75K1T1W10%

19

NOSE UP

NOSE DN

TO SHEET 13

3

4

5

2

1J1

JJ

J6

DC

BC

CC

J110

J109

S1

S2

J2

JJ

NO. 2 ACTRPOSN (OS)

NO. 1 ACTRPOSN (OS)

PITCH RATE GYRO

ACTR POSN

j

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 12)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-57

Page 155: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

S2

J2

S2

J28

J

AA

J29

STAB 2

STAB 1

STAB 1&2

GND

SIM

NORM

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

S1

J1

S1

J26

J

AA

J27

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

SNSRSTAB 1

SIMSTAB 1

SNSRSTAB 2

SIMSTAB 2

SAS (WO)

SAS 1

S1

J3

J30

M

BB

J31

C7

C6

C5

C4

C3

C2

C1

SNSRSAS

SIMSAS

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1V

U

U5

−+

107

6

U5

−+

121

2

S

S

9

3

4

15 VDC

−15 VDC

C19.0150V5%

C18.0150V5%

C20.0150V, 10%

C17.0150V, 10%

R3913.7K

R35100K

R36100K

R3749.9K

R40100K

R3812.1K

PART OF A2

PITCH RATE GYRO

Z

gY

125MVDEG

SEC

( 5.6 DEG

SEC )

S1

S1

19

AC

BC

CC

DC

TOSHEET

12

SI6

SAAK3088_13

S1

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 13)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-58

Page 156: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

U4

−+

107

6

U4

−+

121

2

S

S

9

13

4

15 VDC

−15 VDC

C15.0150V5%

C14.0150V5%

C16.0150V, 10%

C13.0150V, 10%

R3380.6K

R29100K

R30100K

R3149.9K

R34100K

R3249.9K

PART OF A2

X

hW

1

3CW15 VDC

−15 VDC

2

S1

E7G

E7H

R7B6.98K

R7C6.98K

E7F

E7J

PART OF A4

R65K1T1W10%

LATL ACCLRM

R

L

(3.75 V / G)

(3.0V / G)

S1

S1

20

21

TOSHEET

15

SAAK3088_14

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 14)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-59

Page 157: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3088_15

SHEET

TOSHEET

18

20

21

S2

J2

S2

J22

K

KK

J23

STAB 2

STAB 1

STAB 1&2

GND

SIM

NORM

A12

A11

A10

A9

A8

A7

S1

J1

S1

J20

K

KK

J21

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

SNSRSTAB 1

SIMSTAB 1

SNSRSTAB 2

SIMSTAB 2

SAS 1

S1

J3

J24

K

AA

J25

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

SNSRSAS

SIMSAS

S1

J3HI LO

P VALVE

HI LO

R VALVE

HI LO

Y VALVE

HI LO

TURN RATE COIL

e

S

a

h

f

g

H

J

J86

J88

J90

J92

J85

J87

J89

J91

DC ROLL ATT

P3

J96

J122

J93

J95

X

Y

P

R

S15

LATL ACCLRM

AC1

AC2

BC1

22

23

k

m

p

J123

J94

J124

ROLL RATE TEST

YAW RATE TEST

YAW 26VAC REF

ROLL RATE

YAW RATE

ROLL 26VAC REF

TO

14

24

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 15)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-60

Page 158: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

J3

S1S1 S1

R812K,1/4 W,5%

R712K,1/4 W,5%

R9100K,1/4 W,5%

Q52N2907A

Q62N2222A

CR3

PART OF A2

f

i m

a

P3

2 1

DS9

−15 VDC

15 VDC

>60KNOTS

NORM

<60KNOTS 1

2

3

C1

S23

AIRSPEED SWITCH

28 VDCSAS

CC

L

SAS AIRSPEEDSWITCH

<60 KNOTS

ENGAGE 2

ENGAGE 1

PART OF A3

P3

2 1

DS7

P3

2 1

DS8

P3

S1

PTT−2

CR22B

H22J22

G22

CR22A

CR22C

CR22D

F22E22

G22

CR21B

CR21A

H21J21

G21

G

E

B

N

SAAK3088_16

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 16)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-61

Page 159: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

1

3CW−15 VDC

15 VDC

2

E5G

E5H

R5C1K

R5B1K

E5F

E5J

PART OF A4

R820010T1W3%

U2

−+

107

6

U2

−+

121

2

S

S

S

S

9

13

4

15 VDC

−15 VDC

C7.0150V10%

C6.0150V10%

C5.0150V, 10%

C8.0150V, 10%

U1

−+

107

6

U1

−+

121

2

C3.0150V10%

C2.0150V10%

C4.0150V10%

C11050V10%

P3 P3

S1

PART OF A2

PITCH

ROLL / YAW

J98

J97

R

L

N

M

S1

YAW RATE

SAS SIG REF

J3

28 VDCSAS

d

c

P

R

A

H

F

SCR4IN3029B24V

CR4AIN555533V

R10220, 1/4 W5%

R10A20, 1/4 W5%

4

9

13

P3P3P3P3

S1R13100K

R16100K

R14100K

R15100K

B

C N.C.

R1749.9K

R19100K

R18100K

P3

SAAK3088_17

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 17)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-62

Page 160: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SHEET2223

24

J3

P3

J44

DD

Z

J43

P3

J46

EE

b

J45

SIM

NORM

P3

J48

FF

j

J47

SIM X

SIM Y

SIM Z

SNSR X

SNSR Y

SNSR Z

SIM 1

SIM 2

SIM 2

SIM 1

NORM

C37

C24

C11

2

3

5

6

8

9

S19

7

1

J3

D

C410

11

12

P3

P3

P3P3

115 VACSAS

B1

T1

31

2 5

S1

S3

S2

R2

R14

ROLL ATT

P3

S1

C1

2

3

8

9 S20

J49

C2

TO SHEET 15

TO

15

YAW RATE

SAAK3088_18

Figure 5-12. Test Set, Lower Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram (Sheet 18)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-63/(5-64 Blank)

Page 161: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 162: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II.

CALIBRATION PROCEDURES

SECTION OVERVIEW

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

5.23 Identification and Description 5-67

5.23.1 Test Instrument Identification 5-67

5.23.2 Calibration Description 5-67

5.24 Equipment Requirements 5-67

5.24.1 Calibration Equipment Required 5-67

5.24.2 Accessories Required 5-67

5.25 Preliminary Operations 5-67

5.25.1 Setup Instructions 5-67

5.25.2 Equipment Connections 5-67

5.26 Calibration Process 5-67

5.26.1 Power Supply615 VDC 5-67

5.26.1.1 Performance Check 5-67

5.26.1.2 Adjustments 5-68

5.26.2 NO. 1 SCALING AMPL Simulator 5-68

5.26.2.1 Performance Check 5-68

5.26.2.2 Adjustments 5-68

5.26.3 NO. 2 SCALING AMPL Simulator 5-68

5.26.3.1 Performance Check 5-68

5.26.3.2 Adjustments 5-68

5.26.4 CLTV STICK POSN Simulator 5-68

5.26.4.1 Performance Check 5-68

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-65

Page 163: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

PARAGRAPH TITLE PAGE

5.26.4.2 Adjustments 5-68

5.26.5 AS SENSOR Simulator 5-68

5.26.5.1 Performance Check 5-68

5.26.5.2 Adjustments 5-68

5.26.6 ACTR POSN Simulator 5-68

5.26.6.1 Performance Check 5-69

5.26.6.2 Adjustments 5-69

5.26.7 PITCH RATE GYRO Simulator 5-69

5.26.7.1 Performance Check 5-69

5.26.7.2 Adjustments 5-69

5.26.8 LATL ACCRM Simulator 5-69

5.26.8.1 Performance Check 5-69

5.26.8.2 Adjustments 5-69

5.26.9 YAW RATE Simulator 5-69

5.26.9.1 Performance Check 5-69

5.26.9.2 Adjustments 5-69

5.26.10 ROLL ATT Mechanical Zero 5-69

5.26.10.1 Performance Check 5-69

5.26.10.2 Adjustments 5-69

5.26.11 ROLL ATT Alignment 5-70

5.26.11.1 Performance Check 5-70

5.26.11.2 Adjustments 5-70

5.27 Final Procedures 5-71

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-66

Page 164: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5.23. IDENTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION.

5.23.1. Test Instrument Identification. Theinformation in this section establishes procedures forcalibrating the Stabilization System Test Set, 70700-20650-050. The manufacturer’s manuals have beenused as prime data source in compiling these instruc-tions and procedures. The time required to completeall procedures listed in this section is approximately 4hours, using dc (direct current) and frequency mea-surement techniques.

5.23.2. Calibration Description. The test setparameters and performance specifications pertinentto calibration are presented in tabular form to promoteunderstanding of the detailed procedures in Table 5-1.

5.24. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS.

5.24.1. Calibration Equipment Required.Equipment listed in Table 5-2. (Minimum Specifica-tions of Equipment Required) are required to performthe calibration process outlined in this section. Suchequipment can normally be found at activities autho-rized and issued Secondary Transfer Standards Cali-bration Set, such as AN/GSM-286 or AN/GSM-287.

5.24.2. Accessories Required.

NOTE

Minimum use specifications are the prin-ciple parameters required for perfor-mance of the calibration, and areincluded to assist in the selection ofalternate equipment, which may be usedat the discretion of the calibration activ-ity. Satisfactory performance of alternateitems shall be verified prior to use. Allapplicable equipment must bear evi-dence of current calibration.

The accessories listed in Table 5-3. are issued as indi-cated in paragraph 5.25. and are to be utilized in thiscalibration procedure. When necessary, these itemsmay be substituted by equivalent items, unless spe-cifically prohibited. Multimeter leads are not includedin this accessory list.

5.25. PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS.

5.25.1. Setup Instructions.

The instructions in this section are preliminary to thecomplete calibration process. Personnel involved inthis process shall review this entire section beforeproceeding with instructions.

Items of equipment used in this calibration processare referenced within the text by common or genericnames and item identification number, as listed inTable 5-2. and Table 5-3., and are prefixed with letterA or B.

5.25.2. Equipment Connections.

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE is used during thecalibration process. DEATH ON CON-TACT may result if personnel do notobserve safety precautions.

NOTE

Connections shown in Figure 5-11. arenot changed during the entire calibrationprocess.

Pull out all circuit breakers on test set.

Connect equipment as illustrated in Figure 5-11.

5.26. CALIBRATION PROCESS.

5.26.1. Power Supply 615 Vdc.

5.26.1.1. Performance Check.

NOTE

Unless otherwise specified, verify theresults of each test. Whenever the testrequirement is not met, corrective actionis necessary before continuing with theprocess. Necessary adjustments for cali-brating the test set are listed herein.

a. Push in Power TEST SET circuit breaker.

b. Connect multimeter to +15 VDC test pointand SIG GND. Multimeter shall indicate 156 0.15vdc.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-67

Page 165: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

c. Connect multimeter to -15 VDC test pointand SIG GND. Multimeter shall indicate -156 0.15vdc.

5.26.1.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.2. NO. 1 SCALING AMPL Simulator.

5.26.2.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter leads to SCALINGAMP SIM NO. 1 and NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place SCALING AMP NO. 1 mode selectcontrol to SIM.

c. Place STAB 1 & 2/SINGLE control toSINGLE.

d. Rotate SCALING AMPL DN/UP NO. 1control fully counterclockwise (CCW). Multimetershall indicte 10.276 0.4 vdc.

e. Rotate SCALING AMPL DN/UP NO. 1control fully clockwise (CW). Multimeter shall indicte-10.276 0.4 vdc.

5.26.2.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.3. NO. 2 SCALING AMPL Simulator.

5.26.3.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to SCALING AMPSIM NO. 2 and SIG GND.

b. Place SCALING AMP NO. 2 mode selectcontrol to SIM

c. Make sure SCALING AMPL STAB 1 &2/SINGLE control is in SINGLE.

d. Rotate SCALING AMPL DN/UP NO. 2control fully CCW. Multimeter shall indicte 10.2760.4 vdc.

e. Rotate SCALING AMPL DN/UP NO. 2control fully CW. Multimeter shall indicte -10.2760.4 vdc.

5.26.3.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.4. CLTV STICK POSN Simulator.

5.26.4.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to CLTV STICKPOSN NO. 1 SIM and NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place CLTV STICK POSN mode selectorcontrol to SIM STAB 1 & 2.

c. Rotate CLTV STICK POSN DN/UP con-trol fully CCW. Multimeter shall indicate 7.166 0.74vdc.

d. Rotate CLTV STICK POSN DN/UP con-trol fully CW. Multimeter shall indicate -7.166 0.74vdc.

5.26.4.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.5. AS SENSOR Simulator.

5.26.5.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to AS SENSOR SIMNO. 1 and NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place AS SENSOR mode selector controlto SIM STAB 1 & 2.

c. Rotate AS SENSOR DECR/INCR controlfully CCW. Multimeter shall indicate 06 0.15 vdc.

d. Rotate AS SENSOR DECR/INCR controlfully CW. Multimeter shall indicate 12.26 1.25 vdc.

e. Connect multimeter to AS SENSOR SIMNO. 2 and NO. 2 SIG GND. Multimeter shall indicate12.26 1.25 vdc.

f. Place AS SENSOR mode selector controlto SIM STAB 1. Multimeter shall indicate 2.36 0.1vdc.

5.26.5.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-68

Page 166: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5.26.6. ACTR POSN Simulator

5.26.6.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to ACTR POSN SIMNo. 1 and to NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place ACTR POSN mode selector controlto SIM STAB 1 & 2..

c. Rotate ACTR POSN DN/UP control fullyCCW. Multimeter shall indicate -13.56 1.5 vdc.

d. Rotate ACTR POSN DN/UP control fullyCW. Multimeter shall indicate 13.56 1.5 vdc.

5.26.6.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.7. PITCH RATE GYRO Simulator.

5.26.7.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to PITCH RATEGYRO SIM STAB 1 and NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place PITCH RATE GYRO mode selectorcontrol to SIM STAB 1 &2.

c. Rotate PITCH RATE GYRO NOSEDN/NOSE UP fully CCW. multimeter shall indicate5.176 0.53 vdc.

d. Rotate PITCH RATE GYRO NOSEDN/NOSE UP fully CW. multimeter shall indicate-5.176 0.53 vdc.

5.26.7.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.8. LATL ACCRM Simulator.

5.26.8.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter to LATL ACCRM SIMSTAB 1 and NO. 1 SIG GND.

b. Place LATL ACCRM mode selector controlto SIM STAB 1 &2.

c. Rotate LATL ACCRM L/R control fullyCCW. multimeter shall indicate 3.966 0.41 vdc.

d. Rotate LATL ACCRM L/R control fullyCW. multimeter shall indicate -3.966 0.41 vdc.

5.26.8.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.9. YAW RATE Simulator.

5.26.9.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect multimeter toYAW RATE SIMand SAS SIG REF YAW.

b. Place AIRSPEED SWITCH mode selectorcontrol to,60 KNOTS.

c. Rotate YAW RATE L/R control fullyCCW. Multimeter shall indicate -1.36 0.3 vdc.

d. Rotate YAW RATE L/R control fully CW.Multimeter shall indicate 1.36 0.3 vdc.

e. Disconnect multimeter from test set.

5.26.9.2. Adjustments. Adjustments can not bemade.

5.26.10. ROLL ATT Mechanical Zero.

5.26.10.1. Performance Check.

a. Line up ROLL ATT coarse control (innerdial) 909 marking with index mark; ROLL ATT finecontrol (outer dial)90°9 marking shall also align withindex mark and90°9 coarse marking. If fine control90°9 marking does not align, go to paragraph5.26.10.2.

b. Line up ROLL ATT coarse control (innerdial) 9180°9 marking with index mark; ROLL ATTfine control (outer dial)90°9 marking shall also alignwith index mark and9180°9 coarse marking. If finecontrol 90°9 marking does not align, go to paragraph5.26.10.2.

5.26.10.2. Adjustments.

a. While holding coarse control so it doesn’tmove, align90°9 marrking on fine control (outer dial)with index mark and tighten setscrews.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-69

Page 167: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

b. Do performance check per paragraph5.26.10.1. above.

5.26.11. ROLL ATT Alignment.

5.26.11.1. Performance Check.

a. Connect equipment as shown in Figure5-12.

b. Adjust ratio transformer dials to .000000.

c. Place ROLL ATT synchro transmitter to909 marking, and ROLL ATT mode selector control toSIM 1.

d. Adjust ROLL ATT synchro transmitter toobtain the minimum amplitude, or null condition onac voltmeter. If indicator does not have index marker0° 6 0.2° (one minor division on outer dial equals0.2), go to paragraph 5.26.11.2.

e. Move B4 test lead from ROLL ATT SIMZ to ROLL ATT SIM Y.

f. Move B5 test lead from ROLL ATT SIM Xto ROLL ATT SIM Z test point.

g. Move ac voltmeter lead that was originallyconnected to ROLL ATT SIM Y and move to ROLLATT SIM X.

h. Adjust ratio transformer controls to1.000000.

i. Place ROLL ATT synchro transmitter to180°.

j. Adjust ROLL ATT synchro control toobtain minimum amplitude, or null condition on ACVoltmeter. If ROLL ATT control does not indicate180° 6 0.2°, go to paragraph 5.26.11.2.

k. Perform checks using equipment connec-tions and ratio transformer setting as shown in Table5-4. ROLL ATT Synchro Performance Check. ROLLATT synchro transmitter indications shall be withinthe limits indicated.

5.26.11.2. Adjustments.

WARNING

115 vac is very close to synchro.

NOTE

ROLL ATT synchro is located on theROLL ATT synchro transmitter and isinside the test set.

a. Turn off ac power.

b. Remove screws, then remove test set fromits case see Figure 5-13.

c. Connect equipment as shown in Figure5-12

d. Loosen three Allen screws holding ROLLATT synchro.

e. Turn on ac power

f. Adjust ratio transformer dials to .000000.

g. Place ROLL ATT (Synchro transmittercontrol) to 0°.

h. Turn synchro body to obtain null indica-tion on Voltmeter.

i. Tighten three Allen screws.

j. Adjust ratio transformer dials to 1.000000.

k. Connect B4 test lead to Y test point.

l. Connect B5 test lead to Z test point.

m. Connect positive lead of ac voltmeter to Xtest point.

n. Adjust ROLL ATT (Synchro transmittercontrol) for full null indication on ac voltmeter.

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-70

Page 168: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

o. If ROLL ATT control does not indicate180° (within plus or minus one minor division on theouter dial), loosen Allen screws and align as required.

5.27. FINAL PROCEDURES.

NOTE

It may be necessary to compromiseadjustment of ROLL ATT synchrotransmitter in order to obtain in toler-ance indications at 0° and 180°.

a. Turn off bench power to test set and disconnectother equipment.

b. Install and fasten test set in its case.

c. In accordance with DA PAM 738-750, makeand attach label as appropriate.

(1) DA Label 80 (US Army Calibrated Instrument)for complete calibration.

(2) DA Label 163 (US Army Limited Special Cali-bration).

(3) DA Form 2417 (US Army Calibration SystemRejected Instrument).

Table 5-1. Calibration Description.

Test Set Parameters Performance Specifications

Power Supply Range: 15.0 vdc Accuracy:6 0.15 vdcRange: -15.0 vdc Accuracy:6 0.15 vdc

NO. 1 SCALING AMP simulator Range: -10.27 to 10.27 vdcAccuracy:6 0.4 vdc

NO. 2 SCALING AMP simulator Range: -10.27 to 10.27 vdcAccuracy:6 0.4 vdc

CLTV STICK POSN indicator Range: -7.16 to 7.16 vdcAccuracy:6 0.74 vdc

AS SENSOR simulator Range: 0 to 12.2 vdcAccuracy:6 0.15 vdc at 0 vdc,6 1.25 vdc at 12.2 vdc

ACTR POSN simulator Range: 13.6 vdc Accuracy:6 1.5 vdcRange: -13.5 vdc Accuracy:61.5 vdc

PITCH RATE GYRO simulator Range: -5.17 to 5.17 vdcAccuracy:60.53 vdc

LATL ACCLRM simulator Range: -3.96 to 3.96 vdcAccuracy:60.41 vdc

YAW RATE simulator Range: -1.35 to 1.35 vdcAccuracy:6 0.3 vdc

ROLL ATT simulator Range: 0° to 360° at selected intervalsAccuracy:6 0.2° (see Table 4)

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-71

Page 169: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Table 5-2. Calibration Equipment.

Item Common Name Minimum UseSpecifications

Calibration Equipment*

A1 AC Precision Power Sup-ply

Range: 115 vac,400 Hz

Accuracy:6 0.5%

N. H. Research Inc. ModelSF613-1

(MIS-1022, Type 1); K-H4100/7500A

A2 Digital Multimeter Range: 0 to 20 vdcAccuracy:60.25 %Range: 0 to 2 vac

Accuracy: 6 0.25%

Hewlett-Packard, Model3490A Option 060; DanaModel 5000-52351A

A3 Ratio Transformer Range: 0.000000 to1.000000

Accuracy:61 digit

ESI Model DT-72A

A4 AC Voltmeter Range: NA(Null IndicationOnly)

HP3400A, HP400E,HP400EL

*The calibration equipment utilized in this procedure was selected from those known to be available at Depart-ment of Defense facilities, and the listing by make or model number carries no implication of preference,recommendation, or approval by the Department of Defense for use by other agencies. It is recognized thatequivalent produced by other manufacturers may be capable of equally satisfactory performance in the procedure.

Table 5-3. Accessories Required.

Item Common Name Description

B1 Adapter* Single banana jack to pin plug(red) (7907517)

B2 Adapter Single banana jack to pin plug(black) (7907528)

B3 Adapter Box Double banana jack termination(SKD4850-3)

B4 Lead (test lead)* 24-in., single banana plug termina-tion (red) (7907497)

B5 Lead (test lead)* 24-in., single banana plug termina-tion (black) (7907498)

B6 Test Probe* Single banana to test hook

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-72

Page 170: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

*Two required.

Table 5-4. ROLL ATT Synchro Performance Check.(Refer to Figure 5-12)

(Refer to Figure 5-12)

Equipment Connections Ratio Transformer Settings ROLL ATT SynchroControl Indications

a. Connect B4 test lead to testset ROLL ATT SIm test poiuntZ, using B1 adapter. ConnectB5 test lead to ROLL ATTSIM test point X using B2adapter. Connect ac voltmeter(+) lead to ROLL ATT SIMtest point Y using B1 adapter.

.500000

.50000030° 6 0.2°210°6 0.2°

b. Connect B4 test lead toROLL ATT SIM test point Xusing B1 adapter. Connect B5test lead to ROLL ATT SIMtest point Y using B2 adapter.Connect ac voltmeter (+) leadto ROLL ATT SIM test pointZ using B1 adapter.

.500000

.500000270° 6 0.2°90° 6 0.2°

c. Connect B4 test lead toROLL ATT SIM test point Yusing B1 adapter. Connect B5test lead to ROLL ATT SIMtest point Z using B2 adapter.Connect ac voltmeter (+) leadto ROLL ATT SIM test pointX using B1 adapter.

.500000

.500000150° 6 0.2°330°6 0.2°

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-73

Page 171: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAB1714

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

HJ

K

L

M

N

P

R

S

TU

VW

X

Y

Z

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

m

n

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

y

z

AABB

CC

DD

EE

FF

GG

HH

CONNECTOR J3IDENTIFICATION

TEST SET

AC POWER SUPPLY

BLACKORCOMMON

PIN APIN B

115 VAC400 HZ

PWR GNDCONNECTOR J3

(SEE VIEW A)

VIEW A

B3

B6

B6

ADAPTERBOX

Figure 5-11. Power Input-Equipment Setup

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-74

Page 172: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAB1715

TEST SET

AC VOLTMETER RATIO TRANSFORMER

OUT IN

COM

+

+

ROLL ATTSIM

X

Y

Z

B1

B2

B1

B5

B4

Figure 5-12. Synchro Check-Equipment Setup

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-75

Page 173: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

5

4

2

1

3

SAAK3077

1. SCREW2. UPPER PANEL ASSEMBLY3. SCREW4. LOWER PANEL ASSEMBLY5. CARRYING CASE

Figure 5-13. STAB/SAS Test Set

TM 1-6625-735-14

5-76

Page 174: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

APPENDIX A

REFERENCES

A.1. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY REGULATIONS.

AR 55-38 Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipment

AR 735-11-2 Reporting of Item and Packaging Discrepancies

AR 750-1 Army Materiel Maintenance Policies

A.2. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY FIELD MANUALS.

FM 21-11 First Aid.

A.3. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PAMPHLETS.

PAM 25-30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and BlankForms

PAM 738-751 The Army Maintenance Management System - Avia-tion (TAMMS-A)

A.4. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL MANUALS.

DMWR 11-6625-2942 Test Set, Stabilization System, TS-3920B/ASM

TM 11-1520-250-2 Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVIM) Electronic Con-figuration Manual for MH-60K Helicopter (NSN1520-01-282-4051) (EIC: RSC) Automatic Flight Con-trol System and Stabilator System

TM 11-6625-2942-24P Organizational, Direct Support and General SupportMaintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List(Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts and Spe-cial Tools) for Test Set, Stabilization SystemTS-3920A/ASM (NSN 6625-01-169-5333) Test Set,Stabilization System TS-3920B/ASM (NSN 6625-01-266-1636).

TM 55-1500-323-24 Installation Practices for Aircraft Electric and Elec-tronic Wiring

TM 750-244-2 Procedures for the Destruction of Aircraft and Associ-ated Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use

TM 1-6625-735-14

A-1/(A-2 Blank)

Page 175: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 176: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

APPENDIX B

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

SECTION

I. Introduction

B.1. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART.

a. This Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) assigns maintenance functions in accordance with the AviationMaintenance concept for Army aviation. These maintenance levels - Unit Maintenance (AVUM), Direct Support(AVIM), and Depot Maintenance - are depicted on the MAC as:

AVUM - corresponds to an O codein the Repair Parts andSpecial Tools List(RPSTL).

AVIM - corresponds to an F codein the Repair Parts andSpecial Tools List(RPSTL).

DEPOT - corresponds to a D code inthe Repair Parts and Spe-cial Tools List (RPSTL).

b. The maintenance to be performed below depot and in the field is described as follows:

(1) Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) activities will be staffed and equipped to perform high frequency9On-Aircraft9 maintenance tasks required to retain or return aircraft systems to a serviceable condition. Themaintenance capability of the AVUM will be governed by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and limitedby the amount and complexity of ground support equipment (GSE), facilities required, authorized manningstrength, and critical skills available. The range and quantity of authorized spare modules/components will beconsistent with the mobility requirements dictated by the air mobility concept. (Assignments of Maintenance tasksto divisional company size aviation units will consider the overall maintenance capability of the division, therequirements to conserve personnel and equipment resources, and air mobility requirements.)

(a) Company Size Aviation Units: Perform those tasks which consist primarily of preventive mainte-nance and maintenance repair and replacement functions associated with sustaining a high level of aircraftoperational readiness. Perform maintenance inspections and servicing to include preflight, daily, intermediate,periodic (or phased), and special inspections, as authorized by the MAC or higher headquarters. Identify the causeof equipment/system malfunctions using applicable technical manual troubleshooting instructions, built-in testequipment (BITE), installed aircraft instruments, or test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment (TMDE).Replace worn or damaged modules/components that do not require complex adjustments or system alignment andwhich can be removed/installed with available skills, tools, and ground support equipment. Perform operationaland continuity checks and make minor repairs to the electrical system. Inspect, service, and make operational,capacity, and pressure checks to hydraulic systems. Perform servicing, functional adjustments, and minor repair/replacement to the flight control, propulsion, power train, and fuel systems. Accomplish airframe repair that does

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-1

Page 177: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

not require extensive disassembly, jigging, or alignment. The manufacture of airframe parts will be limited tothose items which can be fabricated with tools and equipment found in current air mobile tool and shop sets.Evacuate unserviceable modules/components and end items beyond the repair capability of AVUM to the supportAVIM.

(b) Less than Company size Aviation Units: Aviation elements organic to brigade, group, battalionheadquarters, and detachment size units are normally small and have less than 10 aircraft assigned. Maintenancetasks performed by these units will be those which can be accomplished by the aircraft crew chief or assignedaircraft repairman and will normally be limited to preventive maintenance, inspections, servicing, spot painting,module/component fault diagnosis, and replacement of selected modules/components. Repair functions will nor-mally by accomplished by the support AVIM unit.

(2) Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM).

(a) Provides Mobile, responsive9One-Stop9maintenance support. (Maintenance functions which are notconducive to sustaining air mobility will be assigned to depot maintenance.)

(b) May perform all maintenance functions authorized to be done at AVUM. Repair of equipment forreturn to user will emphasize support or operational readiness requirements. Authorized maintenance includesreplacement and repair of modules/components and end items which can be accomplished efficiently with avail-able skills, tools, and equipment.

(c) Establishes the Direct Exchange (DX) program for AVUM units by repairing selected items for returnto stock when such repairs cannot be accomplished at the AVUM level.

(d) Inspects, troubleshoots, performs diagnostic test, repairs, adjusts, calibrates, and aligns aircraft systemmodules/components. AVIM units will have capability to determine the serviceability of specified modules/components removed prior to the expiration of the Time Between Overhaul (TBO) or finite life. Module/component disassembly and repair will support the DX program and will normally be limited to tasks requiringcleaning and the replacement of seals, fittings, and items of common hardware. Airframe repair and fabrication ofparts will be limited to those maintenance tasks which can be performed with available tools and test equipment.Unserviceable repairable modules/components and end items which are beyond the capability of AVIM to repairwill be evacuated to Depot Maintenance.

(e) Performs aircraft weight and balance inspections and other special inspections which exceed AVUMcapability.

(f) Provides quick response maintenance support, including aircraft recovery and air evacuation, on-the-job training, and technical assistance through the use of mobile maintenance contact teams.

(g) Maintains authorized operational readiness float aircraft.

(h) Provides collection and classification services for serviceable/unserviceable material.

(i) Operates a cannibalization activity in accordance with AR 750-50. (The aircraft maintenance companywithin the maintenance battalion of a division will perform AVIM functions consistent with air mobility require-ments and conservation of personnel and equipment resources. Additional intermediate maintenance support willbe provided by the supporting nondivisional AVIM unit.)

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-2

Page 178: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

B.2. USE OF THE MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (SECTION II.).

NOTE

Approved item names are used throughout this MAC. Generic terms/nomenclatures (if any) areexpressed in parentheses and are not to be considered as official terminology.

a. This Maintenance Allocation Chart assigns maintenance functions to the lowest level of maintenance, basedon past experience and the following considerations:

(1) Skills available.

(2) Work time required.

(3) Tools and test equipment required and/or available.

b. Only the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform a maintenance function is indicated. If thelowest maintenance level cannot perform all tasks of any single maintenance function (e.g., test, repair), then thehigher maintenance level(s) that can accomplish additional tasks will also be indicated.

c. A maintenance function assigned to a maintenance level will automatically be authorized to be performedat any higher maintenance level.

d. A maintenance function that cannot be performed at the assigned level of maintenance for any reason maybe evacuated to the next higher maintenance level. Higher maintenance levels will perform the maintenancefunctions of lower maintenance levels when required by the commander who has the authority to direct suchtasking.

e. The assignment of a maintenance function will not be construed as authorization to carry the related repairparts or spares in stock. Information to requisition or otherwise secure the necessary repair parts will be asspecified in the associated Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL).

f. Normally there will be no deviation from the assigned level of maintenance. In cases of operationalnecessity, at the request of a lower maintenance level and on a one-time basis, transfer of maintenance functionsto the lower level may be accomplished by specific authorization of maintenance officer of the higher level ofmaintenance to which the function is assigned. The special tools, equipment, etc., required by the lower level ofmaintenance to perform this function will be furnished by the maintenance level to which the function is assigned.This transfer of a maintenance function to a lower maintenance level does not relieve the higher maintenancelevel of the responsibility for the function. The higher level of maintenance will provide technical supervision andinspection of the function being performed at the lower lever.

B.3. DEFINITIONS.

a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electricalcharacteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).

b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or electrical characteris-tics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.

c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemicalfluids, or gases.

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-3

Page 179: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or bysetting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.

e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.

f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, mea-suring, and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurements. Consists of comparisons of two instruments,one of which is certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of theinstrument being compared.

g. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other mainte-nance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, or module(component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.

h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place.9Replace9isauthorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the 3d position code of the SMR code.

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation and disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore ser-viceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module(component or assembly), end item, or system.

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications (i.e., DMWR).Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normallyreturn an item to like new condition.

k. Rebuild. Those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like newcondition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material main-tenance applied to Army equipment/components.

B.4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, (SECTION II.).

a. The functional groupings identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, andmodules with the next higher assembly.

b. Maintenance Function (Column 3). Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the items listed incolumn 2.

c. Maintenance Levels (Column 4). The maintenance levels AVUM, AVIM, and DEPOT are listed on theMaintenance Allocation Chart with individual columns that include the work times for maintenance functions ateach maintenance level. Work time presentations such as90.19 indicate the average time (expressed in man-hoursin whole hours or decimals) it requires a maintenance level to perform a specified maintenance function. If a worktime has not been established, the columnar presentation will indicate9--.9 Maintenance levels higher than thelevel of maintenance indicated are authorized to perform the indicated function.

d. Tools and Equipment Reference Code (Column 5). Column 5 specifies, by code, those common toolsets (not individual tools), common TMDE, and special tools, special TMDE, and special support equipmentrequired to perform the designated function.

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-4

Page 180: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

e. Remarks Code (Column 6). When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order,which is keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV.

B.5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, (SEC-TION III.).

a. Column 1, Tools and Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference codecorrelates with a code used in the MAC, (Section II.), Column 5.

b. Column 2, Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or testequipment.

c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.

d. Column 4, National Stock Number. The National Stock Number of the tool or test equipment.

e. Column 5, Tool Number. The manufacturer’s part number.

B.6. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, (SECTION IV.).

a. Column 2, Remarks Code. The code recorded in column 6, (Section II.).

b. Column 2, Remark. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performedas indicated in the MAC, (Section II.).

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-5/(B-6 Blank)

Page 181: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 182: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (AVIATION)(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

MAINTENANCE TOOLS &GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE LEVELS EQUIP REF REMARK

NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION AVUM AVIM DEPOT CODE CODE(O) (F) (D)

00 Test Set,StabilationSystem70700-26650-050

Inspect 0.1Test 0.1 1Test 0.5 1,2

Calibrate 1.4 7Replace 0.1 7Replace 0.1 3 ARepair 4.0 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 B

01 Assembly,Cable Case70700-20650-052

Inspect 0.2Replace 0.2Repair 0.2

0101 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-041 or 70700-20697-050

Test 0.2 1Test 1, 2

Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

0102 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-042 or 70700-20697-051W2

Test 0.2 1Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

0103 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-043W3

Test 0.2 1Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

0104 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-044W4

Test 0.2 1Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

0105 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-045W5

Test 0.2 1Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

0106 Assembly,Cable70700-20697-046 or 70700-20697-052W6

Test 0.2 1Replace 0.2 3Repair 0.5 2, 4 E

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-7

Page 183: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

02 Test Unit,STAB/SAS70700-20650-051

Test 0.2Test 0.5 1, 2

Replace 0.2Repair 0.2 3Repair 4.0 1, 2, 3, 4,

5, 6B

0201 Assy, PanelSTAB/SAS70700-20690-044

Test 0.2Repair 0.5Repair

020101 Assembly,Guide70700-20651-047

InspectReplaceRepair

020102 Assy, Ckt.CardResistor70700-20693-043A4

Test 0.3 2, 6Replace 0.2 4Repair 1.0 2, 4, 5, 6

020103 Assy, Ckt.Card Diode70700-20693-042A3

Test 0.3 2, 6Replace 0.2 4Repair 1.0 2, 4, 5, 6

020104 Assembly,Wiring70700-20696-044A4

TestReplaceRepair

020105 Assembly,Circuit Card70700-20698-043A1

Test 0.3 2, 6Replace 0.2 4Repair 1.0 2, 4, 5, 6

020106 Assembly,Circuit Card70700-20698-042A2

Test 0.3 2, 6Replace 0.2 4Repair 1.0 2, 4, 5, 6

0202 Assy, PanelTest Point70700-20700-042

Test 0.2Repair 0.5 D

TM 1-6625-735-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)MAINTENANCE TOOLS &

GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINTENANCE LEVELS EQUIP REF REMARKNUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION AVUM AVIM DEPOT CODE CODE

(O) (F) (D)

B-8

Page 184: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION III. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FORTEST SET, STABILATION SYSTEM

Tools and TestEquipment Refer-

ence Code

Maintenance Level Nomenclature National Stock Num-ber

Tool Number

1 AVIM/AVUM Multimeter 6625-01-060-6804 AN/USM-451

2 AVUM Multimeter,Digital

6625-01-139-2512 AN/PSM-45

3 AVUM Tool Kit,Electronic

5180-00-064-5178 TK-101/G

4 AVIM Tool Kit, 5180-00-605-0079 TK-100/GElectronic

5* AVIM Cable/HarnessAdapter

Local Fab. 33

6 AVIM CapacitanceBridge

6625-00-236-1536 ZM-71/U

7 AVIM RMS Voltmeter 3400A

* LOCALLY-MADE AT DIRECT SUPPORTAND/OR DEPOT LEVEL FACILITY. See FigureD-1.

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-9

Page 185: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION IV. Remarks For Test Set, Stabilization System

Remarks Code Remarks

NOTE

AVIM coverages to be accomplished atcalibration facilities repair support activities only.

A Replace limited to replacement of: knobs, lens, and cableassemblies.

B Repair by replacement of: synchro assembly, selected hardwireditems and repair/replacement of printed wiring boards.

C Repair by replacement of damaged cable only.

D Repair by replacement of panel connectors and selected itemsonly.

E If cable sleeve is damaged, repair cable sleeve withpolyethylene spiral wrap, Appendix C, Item 8.

TM 1-6625-735-14

B-10

Page 186: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

APPENDIX C

EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

C.1. SCOPE

This appendix lists expendable and durable items you will need to operate and maintain the line test set. Thislisting is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items areauthorized to you by CTA 50-970, expendable Items (except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).

C.2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS

a. Column (1) - Item number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing for referencing whenrequired.

b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.AVUM - Aviation Unit MaintenanceAVIM - Aviation Intermediate Maintenance

c. Column 3 - National Stock Number. This is the national stock number assigned to the item; use it torequest or requisition the item.

d. Column 4 - Description. Indicates the federal item name and, if required, a description to identify theitem. The last line for each item indicates the part number followed by the Commercial and Government EntityCode (CAGEC) in parentheses, followed by the part number.

e. Column (5) - Unit of Measure (U/M) Unit of issue (U/I). This measure is expressed by a two-characteralphabetical abbreviation (e.g., EA, IN., PR). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue as shown in theArmy Master Data File (AMDF), requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirement.

SECTION II. Expendable and Durable Items List

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Item Number Level National Stock Number Description (U/M)/(U/I)1 AVUM 8305-00-267-3015 Cheese Cloth

CCC-C-440(CAGE 81348)

roll

2 AVUM 6850-00-274-5421 Dry-Cleaning SolventP-D-680, Type II(CAGE 81348)

5 gal

3 AVUM 6240-00-155-7836 Lamps ea

4 AVUM 7920-00-260-1279 Machinery TowelDDD-T-541(CAGE 81348)

bx

TM 1-6625-735-14

C-1

Page 187: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Item Number Level National Stock Number Description (U/M)/(U/I)

5 AVUM PaintFed Std 595 #13538

pt

6 AVUM PaintFed Std 595 #37038

pt

7 AVIM 3439-00-269-9610 SolderSN60WRMAP3 0.063

lb

8 AVUM 9330-01-059-2562 Spiral Wrap, PolyethyleneT2SF(CAGE 06383)

roll

TM 1-6625-735-14

C-2

Page 188: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

APPENDIX D

ILLUSTRATED LIST OFMANUFACTURED ITEMS

D.1. INTRODUCTION.

a. This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured at aviationintermediate maintenance level.

b. A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part number/nomenclatureof the item to be manufactured to the figure which covers fabrication criteria.

c. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by part number in a tabular list on theillustration.

D.2. MANUFACTURED ITEMS PART NUMBER INDEX.

Index

Noun Part No. Figure No.

Cable/HarnessAdapter

Local Fab. 33 D-1

TM 1-6625-735-14

D-1

Page 189: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3089_1

(MATESWITH J1)

(MATESWITH J2)

(MATESWITH J3)

115 VAC

28 VDC

PWR GRD

SIG GRD

SIG GRD

P1

P3

P2

115 VAC POWER PLUG(5266C)

BANANA PLUG (RED)

BANANA PLUG (BLACK)

BANANA PLUG (YELLOW)

BANANA PLUG (BLUE)

BANANA PLUG (ORANGE)

M

U

T

R

M

U

T

R

A

C

B

N

CC

c

d

MS3476L24−61S

MS3476L24−61SX

MS3476L22−55S

18"

8" 30" 30"

HI

LO

HI

LO

Figure D-1. Test Cable (Sheet 1 of 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

D-2

Page 190: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SAAK3089_2

PARTS LIST

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

MS3476L24−61S

MS3476L24−61SX

MS3476L22−55S

5266C (74545)

108−0742−001

CONNECTOR (P1)

CONNECTOR (P2)

CONNECTOR (P3)

AC POWER PLUG

BANANA PLUG (RED)

1

1

1

1

1

108−0743−001

108−0743−001

BANANA PLUG (BLACK)

BANANA PLUG (YELLOW)

1

1

108−0743−001

108−0743−001

BANANA PLUG (BLUE)

BANANA PLUG (ORANGE)

WIRE, AWG 22

SLEEVING

1

1

AS REQ.

AS REQ.

Figure D-1. Test Cable (Sheet 2)

TM 1-6625-735-14

D-3/(D-4 Blank)

Page 191: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 192: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

GLOSSARY

SECTION I. ABBREVIATIONS

AC Alternating CurrentACTR POSN Actuator PositionACTR POSN OS Actuator Position Other

SideAFCS Automatic Flight Control

SystemAMPL AmplifierAS AirspeedAS BFR Airspeed BufferAS BFR OS Airspeed Buffer Other

SideAS SW Airspeed SwitchAUTO ENGA Automatic EngageBFR ACTRPOSN

Buffer Actuator Position

BFR AS SNSR Buffer Airspeed SensorBITE Built-In Test EquipmentCAGEC Commercial and Govern-

ment Entity CodeCLTV CollectiveCOMPT TST (+) Comparator Test PositiveCOMPT TST (−) Comparator Test NegativeDC Direct CurrentDECR DecreaseDN DownDN CMD Down CommandDN LIMIT Down LimitDRVR SPLY Driver SupplyDRVR SPLY OS Driver Supply Other SideEA EachGND GroundHz HertzI LIMIT Current LimitINCR IncreaseINTLK InterlockINTLK OS Interlock Other SideL LeftLATLACCLRM

Lateral Accelerometer

LATLACCLRM FLTR

Lateral Accelerometer Fil-ter

TM 1-6625-735-14

GLOSSARY-1

Page 193: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

MAC Maintenance AllocationChart

NSN National Stock NumberP RATE FLTR Pitch Rate FilterP VALVE Pitch ValvePOSN PositionPWR GND Power GroundR RightR VALVE Roll ValveROLL ALT Roll AltitudeSAS Stability Augmentation

SystemSAS SIG REF Stability Augmentation

System ReferenceSAS/FPS Stability Augmentation

System Flight Path Stabili-zation

SIG GND Signal GroundSIM SimulatorSNSR SensorSTAB StabilatorSTAB DN Stabilator DownSTAB UP Stabilator UpTMDE Test, Measurement, and

Diagnostic EquipmentUP CMD Up CommandVAC Volts Alternating CurrentVDC Volts Direct CurrentY VALVE Yaw Valve

TM 1-6625-735-14

GLOSSARY-2

Page 194: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SECTION II. DEFINITION OF UNUSUAL TERMS

There are no unusual terms used in this manual. All terms are standard terms used by Avionics Specialists.

TM 1-6625-735-14

GLOSSARY-3/(GLOSSARY-4 Blank)

Page 195: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050
Page 196: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

C

Calibration Procedures ................................................................................................................................ 5-66Calibration Process.................................................................................................................................. 5-67

ACTR POSN Simulator ..................................................................................................................... 5-68AS SENSOR Simulator ...................................................................................................................... 5-68CLTV STICK POSN Simulator ......................................................................................................... 5-68LATL ACCRM Simulator .................................................................................................................. 5-69NO. 1 SCALING AMPL Simulator ................................................................................................... 5-68NO. 2 SCALING AMPL Simulator ................................................................................................... 5-68PITCH RATE GYRO Simulator ........................................................................................................ 5-69Power Supply6 15 VDC................................................................................................................... 5-67ROLL ATT Alignment ....................................................................................................................... 5-70ROLL ATT Mechanical Zero............................................................................................................. 5-69YAW RATE Simulator....................................................................................................................... 5-69

Equipment Requirements ........................................................................................................................ 5-67Accessories Required .......................................................................................................................... 5-67Calibration Equipment Required ........................................................................................................ 5-67

Final Procedures ...................................................................................................................................... 5-71Identification and Description................................................................................................................. 5-67

Calibration Description ....................................................................................................................... 5-67Test Instrument Identification ............................................................................................................. 5-67

Preliminary Operations............................................................................................................................ 5-67Equipment Connections ...................................................................................................................... 5-67Setup Instructions ................................................................................................................................ 5-67

D

Direct Support ............................................................................................................................................Cable Assemblies .................................................................................................................................... 5-9Circuit Board Assembly A1 Replacement ............................................................................................. 5-5Circuit Board Assembly A2 Replacement ............................................................................................. 5-5Circuit Breakers CB1 through CB4 Replacement ................................................................................. 5-6Component Board Assembly A3 Replacement...................................................................................... 5-5Component Board Assembly A4 Replacement...................................................................................... 5-6Filters FL1 through FL4 Replacement ................................................................................................... 5-9

TM 1-6625-735-14

INDEX

PageSubject Number

INDEX-1

Page 197: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

Lamps DS1 through DS9 and DS16 through DS45 Replacement........................................................ 5-6Lower Panel Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 5-9Lower Panel Disassembly....................................................................................................................... 5-5Potentiometers R1 through R8 Replacement ......................................................................................... 5-7Power Supply PS1 Replacement ............................................................................................................ 5-7Relay K1 Replacement............................................................................................................................ 5-7Rotary Switches S1, S15, and S16 Replacement................................................................................... 5-7Scope of Maintenance............................................................................................................................. 5-5Switch S24 Replacement ........................................................................................................................ 5-8Switches S2 through S5, S19, S20, and S23 Replacement ................................................................... 5-8Switches S6, S7, S9 through S14, S17, S18, S21, and S22 Replacement ........................................... 5-8Synchro Replacement.............................................................................................................................. 5-6Transformer T1 Replacement ................................................................................................................. 5-8Upper Panel Assembly............................................................................................................................ 5-9Upper Panel Disassembly ....................................................................................................................... 5-5

E

Equipment Description and Data................................................................................................................Equipment Characteristics and Features................................................................................................. 1-6Equipment Data....................................................................................................................................... 1-6Location and Description of Major Components................................................................................... 1-6

Expendable and Durable Items List ...........................................................................................................Explanation of Columns.......................................................................................................................... C-1Scope........................................................................................................................................................ C-1

G

General Information ....................................................................................................................................Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) .............................................................................................. 1-4Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel ............................................................................................. 1-4Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports............................................................................................ 1-4Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIR) .............................................................. 1-4Scope........................................................................................................................................................ 1-4

Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................Abbreviations........................................................................................................................................... GLOSSARY-1Definition of Unusual Terms .................................................................................................................. GLOSSARY-3

TM 1-6625-735-14

INDEX (Cont)

PageSubject Number

INDEX-2

Page 198: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

General Support...........................................................................................................................................Cleaning................................................................................................................................................... 3-42Lubrication of Equipment ....................................................................................................................... 3-4Repair....................................................................................................................................................... 3-42Scope........................................................................................................................................................ 3-6Testing Lower Panel Assembly .............................................................................................................. 3-6Testing Upper Panel Assembly .............................................................................................................. 3-6Troubleshooting Test Set ........................................................................................................................ 3-6

H

How to Use This Manual............................................................................................................................ iii

I

Illustrated List of Manufactured Items.......................................................................................................Introduction.............................................................................................................................................. D-1Manufactured Items Part Number Index ................................................................................................ D-1

M

Maintenance Allocation Chart ....................................................................................................................Definitions................................................................................................................................................ B-3Explanation of Columns in Remarks, (Section IV.) .............................................................................. B-5Explanation of Columns in the MAC, (Section II.) .............................................................................. B-4Explanation of Columns in Tools and Test Equipment Requirements, (Section III.).......................... B-5Maintenance Allocation Chart ................................................................................................................ B-1Use of the Maintenance Allocation Chart.............................................................................................. B-3

O

Operation Instructions .................................................................................................................................Assembly and Preparation for Use......................................................................................................... 2-38General..................................................................................................................................................... 2-36Inspections ............................................................................................................................................... 2-36Locally Made Test Cable........................................................................................................................ 2-38Operation Procedure................................................................................................................................ 2-38Operator’s Controls and Indicators......................................................................................................... 2-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

INDEX (Cont)

PageSubject Number

INDEX-3

Page 199: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

R

References....................................................................................................................................................Department of the Army Field Manuals ................................................................................................ A-1Department of the Army Pamphlets....................................................................................................... A-1Department of the Army Regulations .................................................................................................... A-1Department of the Army Technical Manuals......................................................................................... A-1

U

Unit Maintenance ........................................................................................................................................Cable Assemblies .................................................................................................................................... 4-4Indicator Lamp Replacement .................................................................................................................. 4-4Knob Replacement .................................................................................................................................. 4-4Scope of Maintenance............................................................................................................................. 4-4

TM 1-6625-735-14

INDEX (Cont)

PageSubject Number

INDEX-4

Page 200: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TM 1-6625-735-14

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

Official:

ERIC K. SHINSEKI General, United States Army Chief of Staff

JOEL B. HUDSON Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 0111312 DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with Special Distribution Requirements for TM 1-6625-735-14.

Page 201: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

These are the instructions for sending an electronic 2028The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028. The subject line must be exactly thesame and all fields must be included; however only the following fields are mandatory: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 27.

From: “Whomever” <[email protected]>To: [email protected]

Subject: DA Form 20281. From: Joe Smith2. Unit: home3. Address: 4300 Park4. City: Hometown5. St: MO6. Zip: 777777. Date Sent: 19--OCT--938. Pub no: 55--2840--229--239. Pub Title: TM10. Publication Date: 04--JUL--8511. Change Number: 712. Submitter Rank: MSG13. Submitter FName: Joe14. Submitter MName: T15. Submitter LName: Smith16. Submitter Phone: 123--123--123417. Problem: 118. Page: 219. Paragraph: 320. Line: 421. NSN: 522. Reference: 623. Figure: 724. Table: 825. Item: 926. Total: 12327. Text:This is the text for the problem below line 27.

Page 202: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

SOMETHING WRONG

FIGURE

Operator’s manual MH60K Helicopter15 June 1992

P.S.- - IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOURRECOMMENDATION, MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THISAND GIVE TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS.

PAGE

TM 1--1520--250--10

PARA-

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

FROM: (PRINT YOUR UNIT’S COMPLETE ADDRESS)

DATE SENT

PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE

BE EXACT PIN--POINT WHERE IT IS

NO GRAPH NOTABLE

NO

IN THIS SPACE, TELL WHAT IS WRONGAND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:

PRINTED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE

DA 2028--2FORM1 JUL 79

PREVIOUS EDITIONSARE OBSOLETE.

DRSTS-M verprint2, 1 Nov 80

THEN . .JOT DOWN THEDOPE ABOUT IT ON THISFORM, CAREFULLY TEARIT OUT, FOLD IT ANDDROP IT IN THE MAIL!

Page 203: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

TM 1--6625--735--14

FIGURE

22 June 2001 Test Set, Stabilization System

PARA-

THEN . .JOT DOWN THEDOPE ABOUT IT ON THISFORM, CAREFULLY TEARIT OUT, FOLD IT ANDDROP IT IN THE MAIL!

P.S.- - IF YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOURRECOMMENDATION, MAKE A CARBON COPY OF THISAND GIVE TO YOUR HEADQUARTERS.

PAGE

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS

WITH THIS PUBLICATION?

FROM: (PRINT YOUR UNIT’S COMPLETE ADDRESS)

DATE SENT

PUBLICATION NUMBER PUBLICATION DATE PUBLICATION TITLE

BE EXACT PIN--POINT WHERE IT IS

NO GRAPH NOTABLE

NO

IN THIS SPACE, TELL WHAT IS WRONGAND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT:

PRINTED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE

DA 2028--2FORM1 JUL 79

PREVIOUS EDITIONSARE OBSOLETE.

DRSTS-M verprint2, 1 Nov 80

SOMETHING WRONG

Page 204: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

FOLD BACK

FILL IN YOURUNITS ADDRESS

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

OFFICIAL BUSINESS

COMMANDERU.S. ARMY AVIATION AND MISSILE COMMANDATTN: AMSAM--MMC--MA--NPREDSTONE ARSENAL, AL 35898--5230

TE

AR

ALO

NG

PE

RF

OR

ATE

DLIN

EREVERSE OF DA FORM 2028--2 Reverse of DRSTS-M Overprint 2,

1 Nov 80

Page 205: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

078989-000

Page 206: AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL … · technical manual operator, unit, direct support, and general support maintenance manual test set, stabilization system p/n 70700−20650−050

This fine document...

Was brought to you by me:

Liberated Manuals -- free army and government manuals

Why do I do it? I am tired of sleazy CD-ROM sellers, who take publicly available information, slap “watermarks” and other junk on it, and sell it. Those masters of search engine manipulation make sure that their sites that sell free information, come up first in search engines. They did not create it... They did not even scan it... Why should they get your money? Why are not letting you give those free manuals to your friends?

I am setting this document FREE. This document was made by the US Government and is NOT protected by Copyright. Feel free to share, republish, sell and so on.

I am not asking you for donations, fees or handouts. If you can, please provide a link to liberatedmanuals.com, so that free manuals come up first in search engines:

<A HREF=http://www.liberatedmanuals.com/>Free Military and Government Manuals</A>

– SincerelyIgor Chudovhttp://igor.chudov.com/

– Chicago Machinery Movers